1
3
4
2
T1/
E1
®
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA
48-Port DSLAM with Modem
Installation and Maintenance Practice
Document Number: 61179641AL1-5C
CLEI Number: VAMDA00A_ _
September 2007
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Revision History
Revision
Date
Description
A
B
C
October 2004
Initial release
November 2005 Update to new format. Software version B02.
September
2007
This is the third release of this document. This version updates the
software to version B03.06.01
Conventions
The following typographical conventions are used in this document:
This font indicates a cross-reference link.
This font indicates screen menus, fields, and parameters.
THIS FONT indicates keyboard keys (ENTER, ESC, ALT). Keys that are to be pressed simultaneously
are shown with a plus sign (ALT+X indicates that the ALT key and X key should be pressed at the
same time).
This font indicates references to other documentation and is also used for emphasis.
Thisfontindicates on-screen messages and prompts.
Thisfontindicates text to be typed exactly as shown.
This font indicates silkscreen labels or other system label items.
This font is used for strong emphasis.
NOTE
Notes inform the user of additional, but essential, information or
features.
CAUTION
Cautions inform the user of potential damage, malfunction, or dis-
ruption to equipment, software, or environment.
WARNING
Warnings inform the user of potential bodily pain, injury, or death.
61179641AL1-5C
iii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Training
ADTRAN offers training courses on our products. These courses include overviews on product
features and functions while covering applications of ADTRAN product lines. ADTRAN
provides a variety of training options, including customized training and courses taught at our
facilities or at customer sites.
For inquiries concerning training, contact ADTRAN:
Training Phone:
Training Fax:
800-615-1176, ext. 6996
256-963-6217
Training Email:
iv
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-2
Front Panel LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-4
Application Guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Expansion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1
Shipping Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Required Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Installation Prerequisites . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
Installation Steps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-4
Mounting the Total Access 1248 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Flush-mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Mid-mount . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Ground Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Power Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Fans/Fan Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Ethernet Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Alarm Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Network Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
ADSL2+ Plus POTS Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
POTS Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
ADSL2+ Plus POTS Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
POTS Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Customer Connections (ADSL+POTS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-15
Total Access 1200F Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Quick Turn-up Steps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
61179641AL1-5C
v
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Provisioning Defaults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
User Interface. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
System Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Craft Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Inband Management Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-2
Logging on to the Total Access 1248 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Menu Structure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-4
Menu Navigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Menu Tree. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-9
Menu Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Configuration Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
ATM Circuit Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
PVC/PVP Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Create a New PVC/PVP Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Delete an Existing PVC/PVP Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Modify an Existing PVC/PVP Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Current ATM OAM Statistics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
OAM Loopback Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Current ATM PVC Performance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
ATM Quick Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
ATM Traffic Parameter Defaults Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Restore ATM Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
ATM Performance Monitoring Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
ATM Performance Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
ATM Port Cell Count Summary Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Clear All PM for All Ports Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
ATM OAM Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Inband OAM Loopback Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
System Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Password Control Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
Password Control Levels Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Allow SNMP Security Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Set Menus Idle Logout Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Set TL1 Menus Idle Logout Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Set TL1 Inband Idle Logout Time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Restore Default Passwords . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-51
Mode Selection and Current IP Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Static IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Static IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
vi
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Contents
Test IP Address Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Time/Date Adjust Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Current Baud Rate Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
TFTP Configuration Storage/Retrieval Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
SNMP/TL1 Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
SNMP Contact Information Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
SNMP Community Names Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
SNMP Trap Hosts Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Code Download Method Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
Y-Modem Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
TFTP Download Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Restore Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
Reset System Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
Self Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
External Alarms Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
External Alarm Severity Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
Expansion Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
Modem Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
Caller ID Features Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
Network Port Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
T1 Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
T1 Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
T1 Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
T1 PM Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
T1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
T1 Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Restore T1 Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
E1 Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
E1 Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
E1 Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
E1 PM Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
E1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
E1 Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
Restore E1 Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
IMA Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
IMA Configuration Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114
IMA Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
IMA Facility Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
IMA All Facilities Provisioning Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
Operation Mode for Facility Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118
IMA Group Provisioning Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119
IMA Shortcut Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
IMA Scrambler Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-122
Restore IMA Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
Status/Failure Monitoring Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124
IMA Group 1 Failure Monitoring Status Screen. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125
IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
IMA Loopback Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131
IMA Performance Monitoring Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133
T1/E1 Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
DSL Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138
61179641AL1-5C
vii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
DSL Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
ADSL Profiles Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140
Alarm Profiles Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
Port Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147
Service State for ADSL Card Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
Service State for Port: # Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
Service Mode for Port: # Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150
Hamband Mask for Port: # Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150
Cabinet Mode for Port: # Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151
Link Down Alarm for Port: # Menu. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152
ADSL Restore Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153
DSP Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-154
Reset DSP Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-156
ADSL Retrain Criteria Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157
Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159
ADSL Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161
ADSL Ports Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162
ATU-R Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-163
Bit Allocation Table - Link Up Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-164
Performance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
ADSL DELT Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
System Alarm Log Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-171
System Event Log Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-172
Contact Information Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174
TL1 Mode Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-175
Maintenance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Fan Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
Fan Filters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
SNMP/TFTP and TL1 Configuration Storage and Retrieval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
SNMP / TFTP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
TL1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Save . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Restore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
Warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Warranty and Customer Service . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
ADTRAN Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
ADTRAN Technical Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
ADTRAN Repair/CAPS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
Repair and Return Address . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A-1
viii
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Figures
Figures
Figure 1-1. Total Access 1248 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
Figure 1-2. Total Access 1248 Front Panel LEDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-3
Figure 2-1. Total Access 1248 Operational Scenario . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
Figure 2-2. Expansion Cabling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-2
Figure 3-1. Mounting Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-5
Figure 3-2. Flush-mount Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6
Figure 3-3. Mid-mount Orientation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Figure 3-4. Total Access 1248 Ground Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
Figure 3-5. Four-point Terminal Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-9
Figure 3-6. Total Access 1248 Fan Module . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-10
Figure 3-7. Total Access 1248 Ethernet Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-11
Figure 3-8. Total Access 1248 Alarm Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-12
Figure 3-9. Total Access 1248 Network Connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-13
Figure 3-10. Total Access 1248 POTS and ADSL+POTS Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-14
Figure 3-11. Total Access 1100 Series DSLAM Craft Port . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Figure 3-12. Login Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-19
Figure 3-13. Total Access 1248 Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Figure 3-14. Network Port Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-20
Figure 3-15. T1 Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Figure 3-16. T1 Provisioning Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-21
Figure 3-17. Test IP Address Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-23
Figure 5-1. Craft Port Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1
Figure 5-2. Login Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
Figure 5-3. Total Access 1248 Main Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-10
Figure 5-4. System Management Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-11
Figure 5-5. Network Port Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-13
Figure 5-6. DSL Menu Tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Figure 5-7. Total Access 1248 Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
Figure 5-8. Configuration Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-17
Figure 5-9. ATM Circuit Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
Figure 5-10. Select Shelf Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-19
Figure 5-11. PVC/PVP Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Figure 5-12. Create a New PVC/PVP Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
Figure 5-13. Delete an Existing PVC/PVP Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-23
Figure 5-14. Modify an Existing PVC/PVP Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-24
Figure 5-15. Current ATM OAM Statistics Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Figure 5-16. OAM Loopback Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Figure 5-17. Current ATM PVC Performance Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Figure 5-18. ATM Quick Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Figure 5-19. ATM PVC/PVP Management Menu with 48 PVCs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-34
igure 5-20. ATM Traffic Parameter Defaults Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Figure 5-21. Restore ATM Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-36
Figure 5-22. Select Shelf Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-38
Figure 5-23. ATM Performance Monitoring Mode Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Figure 5-24. ATM Performance Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
61179641AL1-5C
ix
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Figure 5-25. ATM Port Cell Count Summary Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Figure 5-26. ATM OAM Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Figure 5-27. Inband OAM Loopback Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Figure 5-28. System Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Figure 5-29. Password Control Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
Figure 5-30. Password Control Levels Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Figure 5-31. Mode Selection and Current IP Settings Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-52
Figure 5-32. Static IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Figure 5-33. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Figure 5-34. Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-57
Figure 5-35. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
Figure 5-36. Static IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-60
Figure 5-37. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Figure 5-38. Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-63
Figure 5-39. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Figure 5-40. Test IP Address Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Figure 5-41. Time/Date Adjust Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Figure 5-42. Current Baud Rate Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Figure 5-43. TFTP Configuration Storage/Retrieval Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-69
Figure 5-44. SNMP Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Figure 5-45. SNMP Contact Information Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
Figure 5-46. SNMP Community Names Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
Figure 5-47. SNMP Trap Hosts Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Figure 5-48. Code Download Method Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
Figure 5-49. Y-Modem Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-78
Figure 5-50. TFTP Download Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-79
Figure 5-51. Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-81
Figure 5-52. Restore Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
Figure 5-53. Reset System Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
Figure 5-54. Select Shelf Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-86
Figure 5-55. Self Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
Figure 5-56. External Alarms Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
Figure 5-57. External Alarm Severity Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
Figure 5-58. Expansion Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
Figure 5-59. Modem Configuration Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
Figure 5-60. Caller ID Features Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
Figure 5-61. Network Port Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
Figure 5-62. T1 Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-94
Figure 5-63. T1 Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-96
T1 Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-98
Figure 5-65. T1 PM Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
Figure 5-66. T1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
Figure 5-67. T1 Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Figure 5-68. Restore T1 Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
Figure 5-69. E1 Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
Figure 5-70. E1 Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
Figure 5-71. E1 Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
x
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Figures
Figure 5-72. E1 PM Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
Figure 5-73. E1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
Figure 5-74. E1 Test Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
Figure 5-75. Restore E1 Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
Figure 5-76. IMA Main Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
Figure 5-77. IMA Configuration Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-114
Figure 5-78. IMA Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
Figure 5-79. IMA Facility Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
Figure 5-80. IMA All Facilities Provisioning Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
Figure 5-81. Operation Mode for Facility Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118
Figure 5-82. IMA Group Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119
Figure 5-83. IMA Shortcut Setup Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Figure 5-84. IMA Scrambler Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-122
Figure 5-85. Restore IMA Factory Defaults Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
Figure 5-86. Status/Failure Monitoring Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124
Figure 5-87. IMA Group 1 Failure Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125
Figure 5-88. IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
Figure 5-89. IMA Loopback Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131
Figure 5-90. IMA Performance Monitoring Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
Figure 5-91. IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133
Figure 5-92. IMA Performance Monitoring Status Facility 1 Near End Data Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
Figure 5-93. T1/E1 Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-137
Figure 5-94. DSL Menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138
Figure 5-95. DSL Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Figure 5-96. ADSL Profiles Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140
Figure 5-97. Edit ADSL Profile Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
Figure 5-98. Alarm Profiles Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-144
Figure 5-99. Profile Settings for: Custom Name Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145
Figure 5-100. Select Shelf Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-147
Figure 5-101. Port Provisioning Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148
Figure 5-102. Cabinet Mode for Port # Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151
Figure 5-103. ADSL Restore Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153
Figure 5-104. Select Shelf Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-154
Figure 5-105. DSP Management Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-155
Figure 5-106. Reset DSP Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-156
Figure 5-108. Select Shelf Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-159
Figure 5-109. Status Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160
Figure 5-110. ADSL Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-161
Figure 5-111. All ADSL Ports Status Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-162
Figure 5-114. Alternate View of the Bit Allocation Table Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-165
Figure 5-116. Select Shelf Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-166
61179641AL1-5C
xi
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Figure 5-119. Select Shelf Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-169
Figure 5-120. ADSL DELT Menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
Figure 5-121. System Alarm Log Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-171
Figure 5-122. System Event Log Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-172
Figure 5-123. Contact Information Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-174
Figure 6-1. Fan Module with Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
xii
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tables
Tables
Total Access 1248 Shipping Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-2
Turn-up and Provisioning Prerequisite information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-3
POTS and ADSL+POTS Cable Pin Assignments for Left-most Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
POTS and ADSL+POTS Cable Pin Assignments for Right-most Connectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-16
Order of Subtended Clients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-17
Default Provisioning Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
Menu Specific Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-5
Total Access 1248 Main Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-15
ATM Circuit Management Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-18
PVC/PVP Management Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-20
Create a New PVC/PVP Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-21
PVC/PVP Service Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
Table 5-10. PVC/PVP Service Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-25
Table 5-11. Current ATM OAM Statistics Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-26
Table 5-12. Current ATM OAM Statistics Menu Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-27
Table 5-13. OAM Loopback Test Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-28
Table 5-14. OAM Loopback Test Menu Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-29
Table 5-15. Current ATM PVC Performance Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-31
Table 5-16. Current ATM Port Performance Menu Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-32
Table 5-17. ATM Quick Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-33
Table 5-18. ATM Parameters Defaults Screen Traffic Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-35
Table 5-19. Restore ATM Factory Defaults Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-37
Table 5-20. ATM Performance Monitoring Mode Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-39
Table 5-21. ATM Performance Monitoring Status Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-40
Table 5-22. ATM Performance Monitoring Status Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-41
Table 5-23. ATM Port Cell Count Summary Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-42
Table 5-24. Clear All PM for All Ports Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-43
Table 5-25. ATM OAM Settings Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-44
Table 5-26. Inband OAM Loopback Test Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-45
Table 5-27. Inband OAM Loopback Test Menu Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-46
Table 5-28. System Management Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-47
Table 5-29. Password Control Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-49
Table 5-30. Password Control Levels for Default Usernames . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-50
Table 5-32. Static IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-54
Table 5-33. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-56
Table 5-34. Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-58
Table 5-35. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-59
61179641AL1-5C
xiii
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-36. Static IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-61
Table 5-37. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-62
Table 5-38. Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu Items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-64
Table 5-39. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-65
Table 5-40. Test IP Address Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-66
Table 5-41. Time/Date Adjust Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-67
Table 5-42. Current Baud Rate Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-68
Table 5-43. TFTP Configuration Storage/Retrieval Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-70
Table 5-44. SNMP/TL1 Configuration Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-71
Table 5-45. SNMP Contact Information Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-72
Table 5-46. SNMP Community Names Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-73
Table 5-47. SNMP Trap Hosts Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-75
Table 5-48. Code Download Method Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-77
Table 5-49. TFTP Download Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-80
Table 5-50. Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-82
Table 5-51. Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status Menu Status Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
Table 5-52. Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status Menu Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-83
Table 5-53. Restore Factory Defaults Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-84
Table 5-54. Reset System Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-85
Table 5-55. Self Test Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-87
Table 5-56. External Alarms Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-88
Table 5-57. External Alarm Severity Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-89
Table 5-58. Expansion Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
Table 5-59. Expansion Menu Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-90
Table 5-60. Modem Configuration Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-91
Table 5-61. Caller ID Features Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-92
Table 5-62. Network Port Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-93
Table 5-63. T1 Main Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-95
Table 5-64. T1 Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-97
Table 5-65. T1 Status Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-99
Table 5-66. T1 PM Main Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-100
Table 5-67. T1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-101
Table 5-68. T1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-102
Table 5-69. T1 Test Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-103
Table 5-70. Restore T1 Factory Defaults Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-104
Table 5-71. E1 Main Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-105
Table 5-72. E1 Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-106
Table 5-73. E1 Status Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-107
Table 5-74. E1 PM Main Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-108
Table 5-75. E1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Codes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-109
Table 5-76. E1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-110
Table 5-77. E1 Test Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-111
Table 5-78. Restore E1 Factory Defaults Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-112
Table 5-79. IMA Main Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-113
Table 5-80. IMA Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-115
Table 5-81. IMA Facility Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-116
Table 5-82. IMA All Facilities Provisioning Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-117
xiv
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Tables
Table 5-83. Operation Mode for Facility Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-118
Table 5-84. IMA Group Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-119
Table 5-85. IMA Shortcut Setup Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-121
Table 5-86. IMA Scrambler Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-122
Table 5-87. Restore IMA Factory Defaults Menu Option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-123
Table 5-88. Status/Failure Monitoring Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-124
Table 5-89. IMA Group 1 Failure Monitoring Status Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-125
Table 5-90. IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status Screen States and Failure Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-127
Table 5-91. IMA Loopback Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-131
Table 5-92. IMA Performance Monitoring Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-132
Table 5-93. IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-133
Table 5-94. IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-134
Table 5-95. IMA Performance Monitoring Status Facility 1 Near End PM Data Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . 5-135
Table 5-96. IMA Performance Monitoring Status Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-136
Table 5-97. DSL Menus Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-138
Table 5-98. DSL Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-139
Table 5-99. ADSL Profiles Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-140
Table 5-100. Edit ADSL Profile Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-141
Table 5-101. Profile Settings for: Custom Name Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-145
Table 5-102. Port Provisioning Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-148
Table 5-103. Service State for ADSL Card Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
Table 5-104. Service State for Port: # Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-149
Table 5-105. Service Mode for Port: # Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-150
Table 5-106. Hamband Mask for Port: # Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151
Table 5-107. Cabinet Mode for Port: # Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-151
Table 5-108. Link Down Alarm for Port: # Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-152
Table 5-109. ADSL Restore Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-153
Table 5-110. DSP Management Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-155
Table 5-111. Reset DSP Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-156
Table 5-112. ADSL Retrain Criteria Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-157
Table 5-113. ADSL Retrain Criteria Menu Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-158
Table 5-114. Status Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-160
Table 5-115. Performance Monitoring Status Screen Fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168
Table 5-116. Performance Monitoring Status Screen Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-168
Table 5-117. ADSL DELT Menu Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-170
Table 5-118. System Alarm Log Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-171
Table 5-119. System Event Log Hot Keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-173
Table 5-120. TL1 Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-176
61179641AL1-5C
xv
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
This page is intentionally blank.
xvi
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Section 1
Introduction
GENERAL
(DSLAM) system that is used to further extend Asymmetrical Digital Subscriber Line (ADSL)
services in the network.
1
3
2
T
4
1
/
E
1
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
1179641AL1
A
B
ALARM
CRAFT
T1/E1 1-4
-48V RET -48V RET
PWR
ALM
EXPANSION
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V .....,5.0A
ETHERNET
TOP:POTS
BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 1-24
TOP:POTS BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 25-48
T1/E1
Figure 1-1. Total Access 1248
61179641AL1-5C
1-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
DESCRIPTION
The Total Access 1248 is a mini-DSLAM that accepts up to four T1 network feeds assigned to
a single IMA group. Inverse Multiplexing over ATM (IMA) is a technology used to bond multiple
(DS1) links into a single data pipe.
The Total Access 1248 provides ADSL2+ service for up to 48 subscribers per unit. Plain Old
Telephone Service (POTS) is brought in from an on-board splitter and is placed on the same
pair as the ADSL2+ signal. Since ADSL2+ and POTS are transported on the same twisted pair,
the subscriber must use a low-pass filter on the line before attempting to use analog services.
The lines are configured for service with flow-through provisioning using a network configu-
ration application such as Telcordia’s Network Configuration (NCON). Permanent Virtual
Circuits (PVCs) in the ATM network to the subscriber’s chosen Internet Service Provider (ISP)
allow the subscriber access to the internet.
The Total Access 1248 contains a V.90 internal modem for remote access.
The Total Access 1248 is rack-mountable and measures 1.75 inches (1U) high, 17.25 inches
wide, and 11.125 inches deep (measurements do not include the mounting brackets). The
device may be powered using one or two –48 VDC sources, one for a non-redundant power
configuration, two for a redundant power configuration.
For detailed specification information on the Total Access 1248 system, refer to “Section 7,
Features
The Total Access 1248 system incorporates the following features:
• Front panel indication of network, customer, and power/self-test status
• 48 ports of ADSL2+ plus POTS
• Redundant power inputs
• POTS service is not power dependent
• Removable front-accessible fan module (P/N 1179675L1)
• Supports IMA for up to four T1/E1 IMA links
• ADSL options provisionable to accommodate both short and long haul T1s
• Provisioning and alarm monitoring via TL1, SNMP, local craft interface, and inband
management channel
• IMA group support (one group)
• Operates over an extended temperature range of –40°C to +70°C
• Interoperable with any ATM T1 IMA device built to current IMA specifications, which
includes the Total Access 3000 IMA Aggregation System
• Compliant with GR-63-CORE/GR-1089-CORE (NEBS), and Listed to the applicable UL
Safety Standard(s)
• Integrated V.90 modem
• Expansion capabilities for a total of three Total Access 1248 chassis to a Host unit
• In-band management of the expansion chassis
1-2
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Description
Front Panel LEDs
Figure 1-2 shows the location of the Total Access 1248 front panel LEDs. Upon initial
powering, the Total Access 1248 system performs a power up self-test. Once the power up
self-test is complete, the status LEDs reflect the condition of the hardware.
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
1179641AL1
A
B
ALARM
CRAFT
T1/E1 1-4
-48V RET -48V RET
PWR
ALM
EXPANSION
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V .....,5.0A
ETHERNET
TOP:POTS
BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 1-24
TOP:POTS BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 25-48
T1/E1
Power and Alarm
T1/E1
Expansion
Ethernet
Figure 1-2. Total Access 1248 Front Panel LEDs
Table 1-1. Front Panel LEDs
Label
PWR
Status
Description
ꢀ Green
ꢀ Yellow
ꢀ Red
Total Access 1248 is In Service
Total Access 1248 is Out of Service-Maintenance
Total Access 1248 Failed self-test
ꢁ Off
No power present on Total Access 1248
ALM
ꢀ Yellow
ꢀ Red
ꢁ Off
Total Access 1248 is reporting a Minor alarm
Total Access 1248 is reporting a Major alarm
No alarms reported on Total Access 1248
T1/E1 1–4
ꢀ Green
All good
4 Green Flashing
ꢀ Yellow
T1/E1 OK, no IMA Sync
Signal present OOF
T1/E1 is in loopback
No signal
4 Yellow Flashing
ꢀ Red
ꢁ Off
Facility unassigned
ETHERNET
ꢀ Green
Ethernet signal present
Ethernet with traffic
No signal
4 Green Flashing
ꢀ Yellow
EXPANSION OUT
ꢀ Green
Connected to a downstream box
Connected with traffic
No signal
4 Green Flashing
ꢀ Yellow
61179641AL1-5C
1-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Compliance
CAUTION
C A U T I O N !
SUBJECT TO ELECTROSTATIC DAMAGE
OR DECREASE IN RELIABILITY.
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED.
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) can damage electronic modules.
When handling modules, wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap
to prevent damage to electronic components. Place modules in
antistatic packing material when transporting or storing. When
working on modules, always place them on an approved antistatic
mat that is electrically grounded.
The Total Access 1248 is NRTL listed to the applicable UL standards. The Total Access 1248
meets or exceeds all the applicable requirements of NEBS, Telcordia GR-63-CORE, and
GR-1089-CORE.
The Total Access 1248 is intended for deployment in Central Office type facilities, EEEs,
EECs, and locations where the NEC applies. Install the Total Access 1248 in a restricted
Table 1-2. Compliance Codes
Configuration Codes
Power Code (PC)
Input
Output
F
X
A
C
X
–
Telecommunication Code (TC)
Installation Code (IC)
This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC rules. Operation is subject to the following two
conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause
undesired operation.
Changes or modifications not expressly approved by ADTRAN could void the user’s authority
to operate this equipment.
1-4
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Description
CAUTION
Per GR-1089-CORE the Total Access 1248 is designed and
intended for installation as part of a Common Bonding Network
(CBN). The Total Access 1248 is not designed nor intended for
installation as part of an Isolated Bonding Network (IBN).
CAUTION
Per GR-1089-CORE Section 9, the Total Access 1248 is intended to
be deployed in either a DC-C (common) or DC-I (isolated) installa-
tion of the Total Access 1248.
CAUTION
The Total Access 1248 Chassis frame ground terminal must be
connected to a reliable earth ground.
CAUTION
Connect to a reliably grounded –48 VDC source which is electri-
cally isolated from the AC source. The branch circuit overcurrent
protection shall be a fuse or circuit breaker rated minimum
48 VDC, maximum 3 A.
NOTE
The POTS and ADSL+POTS ports are classified as Type 1, 3, and 5
as defined in Appendix B of GR-1089-CORE, Issue 4 and meets the
lightning and power fault criteria with any primary protector that
meets any of the voltage limits of GR-974-CORE or GR-1361-CORE
(i.e., carbon blocks, gas tubes, solid states, etc.). Solid-state
primary protectors are not recommended as they could affect the
signal integrity of the ADSL.
NOTE
Current limiting protectors are not required.
61179641AL1-5C
1-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
This page is intentionally blank.
1-6
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Section 2
Application Guidelines
INTRODUCTION
The Total Access 1248 provides 48 ADSL2+ plus POTS ports downstream to the subscriber,
one to four T1 IMA ports upstream to the network, local and remote management capabilities,
the Total Access 1248.
Voice Switch or DLC Providing 1-48 POTS
POTS Ports 1-24 POTS Ports 25-48
Central Office or Remote Terminal
Quad IMA Providing 1-4 DS1s
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
1179641AL1
A
B
ALARM
CRAFT
T1/E1 1-4
-48V RET -48V RET
PWR
ALM
EXPANSION
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V .....,5.0A
ETHERNET
TOP:POTS
BOTTOM: AD+POTS
PORTS 1-24
TOP:POTS BOTTOM: ADSLOTS
PORTS 25-48
T1/E1
Power
To Ground
24 Ports
24 Ports
Subscriber
Subscriber
Subscriber
Subscriber
Figure 2-1. Total Access 1248 Operational Scenario
61179641AL1-5C
2-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
EXPANSION
units must be a Total Access 1248 Host unit (e.g., P/N 1179641AL1) and the others are Total
Access 1248 Client units (P/N 1179641L5).
The client units (also referred to as Expansion units) have RJ-45 jacks, labeled EXPANSION IN
and OUT, for the purpose of expanding one to another.
The Total Access 1248 provides the network connection for all of the client units. All provi-
sioning for the clients is completed through the Host unit.
Beginning with the host, a Category 5e, non-crossover cable is connected from the EXPANSION
OUT jack of the host to the EXPANSION IN jack of the first client unit. Further connections
between client unit EXPANSION OUT jacks to EXPANSION IN jacks continue until a total of up to
three client units have been connected with the third client unit having only a connection to
the EXPANSION IN jack.
Host
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
1179641AL1
A
B
ALARM
CRAFT
T1/E1 1-4
-48V RET -48V RET
PWR
ALM
EXPANSION
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V .....,5.0A
ETHERNET
TOP:POTS
BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 1-24
TOP:POTS BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 25-48
T1/E1
Client 1
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
1179641L5
A
B
-48V RET -48V RET
PWR
ALM
EXPANSION EXPANSION
IN
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V .....,5.0A
CRAFT
TOP:POTS
BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 1-24
TOP:POTS BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 25-48
Client 2
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
1179641L5
A
B
-48V RET -48V RET
PWR
ALM
EXPANSION EXPANSION
IN
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V .....,5.0A
CRAFT
TOP:POTS
BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 1-24
TOP:POTS BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 25-48
Client 3
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
1179641L5
A
B
-48V RET -48V RET
PWR
ALM
EXPANSION EXPANSION
IN
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V .....,5.0A
CRAFT
TOP:POTS
BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 1-24
TOP:POTS BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 25-48
Figure 2-2. Expansion Cabling
2-2
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Section 3
Installation
INTRODUCTION
C A U T I O N !
SUBJECT TO ELECTROSTATIC DAMAGE
OR DECREASE IN RELIABILITY.
HANDLING PRECAUTIONS REQUIRED.
CAUTION
Electrostatic Discharge (ESD) can damage electronic units. When
handling units, wear an antistatic discharge wrist strap to prevent
damage to electronic components. Place units in antistatic packing
material when transporting or storing. When working on units,
always place them on an approved antistatic mat that is electrically
grounded.
After unpacking the Total Access 1248, inspect it for damage. If damage has occurred, file a
claim with the carrier and then contact ADTRAN Customer Service. Refer to “Appendix A,
Warranty” for further information. If possible, keep the original shipping container to return
the Total Access 1248 for repair or for verification of shipping damage.
61179641AL1-5C
3-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Shipping Contents
Table 3-1. Total Access 1248 Shipping Contents
Description
Part Number
Quantity
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem
1179641AL1
1
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem
Installation and Maintenance Practice
61179641AL1-5
1
Cable Assembly, Ground Wire
Terminal Block
3125P037@
32024CON10
3265540
1
1
2
2
4
4
5
Mounting Bracket, 19-inch
Mounting Bracket, 23-inch
Screw, 8-32 × 1/4
3265541
3276003007
327611034
3292032
Screw, 8-32 × 3/16
Cable Tie
Required Tools
The following tools and materials are required to install the Total Access 1248:
• Wire-wrap tool
• #2 phillips-head screwdriver
• #1 phillips-head screwdriver
• Straight-slot screwdriver
• Multimeter (ohmmeter and voltmeter)
• Crimping tool for power lugs
• Wire strippers
• Side cutters
3-2
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation Prerequisites
INSTALLATION PREREQUISITES
The following items should be completed prior to installing the Total Access 1248:
1. Make sure that the network feed is in place.
2. Make sure that local power is available and that the required fuses are installed.
CAUTION
The maximum power draw for the Total Access 1248 system is 75
watts.
ADTRAN recommends an external fuse rated at 3.0 amps.
Access 1248.
Table 3-2. Turn-up and Provisioning Prerequisite information
Item Description
Value
Network Feed/Aggregation System IP Address
Network Feed/Aggregation System Port
Total Access 1248 IP Address
Total Access 1248 Default Gateway
Total Access 1248 Subnet Mask
Total Access 1248 VPI/VCI
Number of Network Facilities Feeding the Total Access 1248
CLEI Code/System Name
61179641AL1-5C
3-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
INSTALLATION STEPS
The following steps are required to install the Total Access 1248. Each step has an associated
procedure which is referenced below the step. Each procedure provides detailed information
for completing the step.
1. Mount the Total Access 1248 system with the appropriate hardware.
2. Ground the Total Access 1248.
3. Make the power connections to the Total Access 1248.
4. Connect the Ethernet cable to the Total Access 1248.
5. Connect the DB-15 male alarm cable connector to the Total Access 1248 and wire-wrap
the connections to an alarm panel.
6. Connect the network cable.
7. Connect the ADSL2+ plus POTS and POTS cables.
8. Turn-up the Total Access 1248.
3-4
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation Steps
Mounting the Total Access 1248
The Total Access 1248 is shipped with two sets of mounting brackets that accommodate either
a 19-inch or 23-inch rack.
• The mounting brackets used for a 19-inch rack are part number 3265540.
• The mounting brackets used for a 23-inch rack are part number 3265541.
the Total Access 1248 mounting bracket installation options. Four screws (supplied with the
unit) are required for mounting the brackets to the system.
19-inch Mounting Brackets
BACK
1
3
2
T1/
4
E1
FRONT
P/N 3265540
23-inch Mounting Brackets
BACK
1
3
2
T
4
1
/
E
1
FRONT
P/N 3265541
Figure 3-1. Mounting Brackets
61179641AL1-5C
3-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Flush-mount
For flush-mount systems, the Total Access 1248 must be mounted from the front of the rack,
mounting a Total Access 1248 in the rack, use a #2 phillips-head screwdriver and attach the
mounting brackets to the front screw holes with the flanges containing the slotted rack-
mounting holes facing the front of the Total Access 1248.
Using four screws appropriate for the mounting rack and the appropriate screwdriver, secure
the Total Access 1248 in place on the rack.
BACK
1
3
2
T
4
1/
E1
FRONT
Flush-mount Orientation
19-inch Mounting Brackets
23-inch Mounting Brackets
Figure 3-2. Flush-mount Orientation
3-6
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation Steps
Mid-mount
For mid-mount systems, the Total Access 1248 must be mounted from the front of the rack,
Total Access 1248 in the rack, use a #2 phillips-head screwdriver and attach the mounting
brackets to the rear screw holes with the flanges containing the slotted rack-mounting holes
facing the front of the Total Access 1248.
Using four screws appropriate for the mounting rack and the appropriate screwdriver, secure
the Total Access 1248 in place on the rack.
BACK
1
3
2
T
4
1
/
E
1
FRONT
Mid-mount Orientation
19-inch Mounting Brackets
23-inch Mounting Brackets
Figure 3-3. Mid-mount Orientation
61179641AL1-5C
3-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Ground Connection
The ground wire must be 12 to 18 AWG, however, it must be as large or larger than the wire
used for power. The Total Access 1248 must be grounded to a reliable grounding source.
To connect the ground wire, perform the following steps:
1. Connect the ground wire (fitted with a loop terminal end) to the ground lug on the front of
2. Clean the surface of the frame ground source and apply an appropriate antioxidant.
3. Connect the other end of the ground wire to the grounded frame.
4. Using an ohmmeter, verify continuity between the ground lug and a known good frame
ground. The reading should be less than 1 ohm.
1
3
2
T1/
4
E1
Figure 3-4. Total Access 1248 Ground Connection
3-8
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation Steps
Power Connection
The Total Access 1248 provides redundant power inputs. Two sources of –48 VDC must be
provided to use the redundant power feature. The power wires must be 12 to 18 AWG
accept the –48 VDC and –48 VDC RET leads.
Figure 3-5. Four-point Terminal Block
NOTE
If a non-redundant power configuration is to be implemented, use
the connections marked –48 VDC A and –48 VDC A RET.
To connect the power source, perform the following steps:
1. With the power disconnected at the source, remove approximately 1/4-inch of insulation
from the ends of both power wires.
NOTE
ADTRAN recommends an external fuse rated at 3 amps.
2. Using a small flat-head screwdriver, loosen the setscrews on the top of the terminal block.
3. Insert the bare wire into the opening on the front of the terminal block, making sure that
the wire is inserted correctly according to the labeling on the unit above the terminal
block.
4. While holding the wire in place, tighten the setscrew until the wire is secure.
6. Apply power to the Total Access 1248 and test the voltage and polarity on the terminal
block using the tops of the setscrews as test points.
61179641AL1-5C
3-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Fans/Fan Filter
The Total Access 1248 is shipped with a pre-installed fan module (P/N 1179675L1). The fan
fans move filtered air (if the filter is installed) into the Total Access 1248 chassis and out
through the exhaust slots on the left side.
The fans are monitored by the system and are tested during power-up or when a fan module is
installed. The fans can also be manually tested from the Self-test Menu. If any fan fails, the
PWR LED lights red indicating a self-test failure. At the same time, a minor alarm is generated
indicating the problem. This also occurs if the fan(s) fail during use. If the fan module is
removed from the shelf for replacement and/or maintenance, the alarm can be suppressed
depending on the fan alarm delay.
The fans are thermostatically controlled and are only powered on when necessary. Initially,
only one fan is activated. The fans are alternated to maintain the specified temperature level.
If the temperature continues to rise, all fans are used at the same time. In the event the
temperature still remains too high, the ADSL circuits are shut down until a safe operating
temperature is reached.
The fan module and fan filter are field-replaceable.
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
L1
MODULE
1179675
FAN
Figure 3-6. Total Access 1248 Fan Module
3-10
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation Steps
Ethernet Connection
The Total Access 1248 interfaces with networks for management through an Ethernet port
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
1/E1
PWR
ALM
EXPANSION
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V .... ,5.0A
PORTS 1-24
T1/E1
ETHERNET
Figure 3-7. Total Access 1248 Ethernet Port
The following Ethernet protocols are supported:
• IEEE 802.3, 10/100Base-T
• DHCP Client Mode for Management
• SNMP
61179641AL1-5C
3-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Alarm Connections
inputs and three alarm outputs (Major, Minor, and Critical). If load shedding is active then the
Critical alarm output will be active. Alarm inputs are activated by shorting A and B contacts
(closing an externally connected relay). The outputs provide both normally open and normally
closed pins (through internal relay contacts) for proper operation with a variety of alarm
panels. Each alarm event generates an autonomous TL1 message that is transmitted via the
in-band management channel to a monitoring device.
A cable with a high density DB-15 male connector on one end and a stub at the other end is
available (P/N 1196DB901L1) for wire-wrap connections to an alarm panel.
AN MODULE
1179675L1
1179641AL1
A
ALARM
-48V RET
EXPANSION
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V ,5.0A
PORTS 1-24
Figure 3-8. Total Access 1248 Alarm Connection
Table 3-3. Alarm Pinouts
Pin
1
Color
Contact Description
Alarm 3 Input - A
Alarm 1 Input - B
Critical Alarm COM
Minor Alarm COM
Major Alarm COM
Alarm 3 Input - B
Alarm 2 Input - A
Critical Alarm NC
Minor Alarm NC
Major Alarm NC
Alarm 2 Input - B
Alarm 1 Input - A
Critical Alarm NO
Minor Alarm NO
Major Alarm NO
Red
2
Red/Black
Red/White
Orange
3
4
5
Orange/Black
White
6
7
White/Black
Black
8
9
Black/White
Blue/Black
Blue/White
Blue
10
11
12
13
14
15
Green/Black
Green/White
Green
3-12
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation Steps
Network Connections
Network connections are accomplished via the 50-pin amphenol connector labeled T1/E1 1-4
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
1179641AL1
A
T1/E1 1-4
-48V RET -48V RET
EXPANSION
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V ,5.0A
PORTS 1-24
Figure 3-9. Total Access 1248 Network Connection
Table 3-4. T1/E1/Modem Interface Pinout
Pin Numbers
1, 26
Description
RX Tip/Ring 1
TX Tip/Ring 1
RX Tip/Ring 2
TX Tip/Ring 2
RX Tip/Ring 3
TX Tip/Ring 3
RX Tip/Ring 4
TX Tip/Ring 4
Unused
2, 27
3, 28
4, 29
5, 30
6, 31
7, 32
8, 33
9, 34
10, 35
11, 36
12, 37
13, 38
14, 39
15, 40
16, 41
17–24
42–49
25, 50
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
Modem Tip/Ring
61179641AL1-5C
3-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
ADSL2+ Plus POTS Connections
used as follows:
• Two amphenols for connection to the POTS pairs
• Two amphenols for connection to the ADSL2+ plus POTS pairs
FAN MODULE
1179675L1
1179641AL1
-48V RET -48V RET
EXPANSION
OUT
USE COPPER CONDUCTORS ONLY!
-48V ... ,5.0A
ETHERNET
T1/E1
TOP:POTS
BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 1-24
TOP:POTS BOTTOM: ADSL+POTS
PORTS 25-48
Figure 3-10. Total Access 1248 POTS and ADSL+POTS Connections
POTS Interface
Each POTS interface on the Total Access 1248 accepts a POTS signal from the CO and passes
it through to the ADSL2+ plus POTS interface for delivery to the subscriber. POTS service is
not affected by loss of power to the unit.
ADSL2+ Plus POTS Interface
Each ADSL2+ plus POTS interface provides transport for standard POTS from the Central
Office (CO) to the customer. The frequency ranges for Total Access 1248 deployment are as
follows:
• POTS accommodates frequency ranges up to 4 kHz
• ADSL and ADSL2 accommodates frequency ranges up to 1.1 MHz
• ADSL2+ accommodates frequency ranges up to 2.2 MHz
Any analog devices connected to this interface must use a low-pass filter to prevent high
frequencies from interfering with the device.
3-14
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Installation Steps
POTS Connection
The Total Access 1248 must be connected to a POTS source to provide POTS to the
subscribers. In a standard configuration, the POTS will be brought in from a nearby cross-
connect. The Total Access 1248 accepts the POTS signal on the top two amphenol connectors
labeled POTS. There is a one-to-one correlation between the pins on the POTS amphenol
connectors and the pins on the ADSL plus POTS (ADSL+POTS) amphenol connectors. Refer to
To establish a POTS connection, perform the following steps:
1. Connect the cables with the 25-pair female amphenol connectors to the male amphenol
connectors provided, labeled POTS.
2. Tighten the screws (normally provided with each amphenol connector attached to the
cable) on the right side of each amphenol connector, and use the cable ties (provided)
through the tie brackets (provided) to secure the left side of the amphenol connectors.
NOTE
This wire tie may be used to assist in routing the power cables and
the ADSL+POTS cables that originate from the right most amphe-
nol connector.
NOTE
The POTS interface may be connected to the outside plant.
Customer Connections (ADSL+POTS)
The Total Access 1248 provides 48 ADSL+POTS ports on two 50-pin male amphenol
connectors. POTS is brought in from the Central Office (CO) on the POTS amphenol
connectors as described in the preceding section. The ADSL is generated locally and placed on
the same pair as the corresponding POTS signal for delivery to the subscriber.
There is a one-to-one correlation between the pins on the ADSL+POTS amphenol connectors
for more information. The 25th pair is not used. To establish the ADSL+POTS connection,
perform the following steps:
1. Connect the 25-pair female amphenol connectors to the male amphenol connectors pro-
vided, labeled ADSL+POTS.
2. Tighten the screws (normally provided with each amphenol connector attached to the
cable) on the right side of each amphenol connector, and use the cable ties (provided)
placed through the tie brackets (provided) to secure the left side of the amphenol
connectors.
The pin assignments for the left and right POTS and ADSL+POTS cables are shown in
61179641AL1-5C
3-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 3-5. POTS and ADSL+POTS Cable Pin Assignments for Left-most Connectors
Pair #
1
Pins R.T.
1, 26
Pair #
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
Pins R.T.
13, 38
2
2, 27
14, 39
3
3, 28
15, 40
4
4, 29
16, 41
5
5, 30
17, 42
6
6, 31
18, 43
7
7, 32
19, 44
8
8, 33
20, 45
9
9, 34
21, 46
10
11
12
10, 35
11, 36
12, 37
22, 47
23, 48
24, 49
25, 50 Not used
Table 3-6. POTS and ADSL+POTS Cable Pin Assignments for Right-most Connectors
Pair #
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
Pins R.T.
1, 26
Pair #
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
Pins R.T.
13, 38
2, 27
14, 39
3, 28
15, 40
4, 29
16, 41
5, 30
17, 42
6, 31
18, 43
7, 32
19, 44
8, 33
20, 45
9, 34
21, 46
10, 35
11, 36
12, 37
22, 47
23, 48
24, 49
25, 50 Not used
3-16
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1200F Conversion
TOTAL ACCESS 1200F CONVERSION
CAUTION
The order of subtended Total Access 1200 Series DSLAMS must be
preserved when connecting to the Total Access 1200F for transla-
Table 3-7. Order of Subtended Clients
Total Access 1200 Series Client
Total Access 1200F Expansion Port
1
Total Access 1100 Series Host
(Client 1)
2
3
4
Client 2
Client 3
Client 4
Existing Total Access 1200 Series DSLAM installations require a software upgrade to convert
the Total Access 1200 Series DSLAMs to function with a Total Access 1200F.
To upgrade each Total Access 1200 Series DSLAM, perform the following steps:
CAUTION
Upgrading the firmware disrupts DSL service to the customer.
1. Connect a VT100-capable laptop/terminal to the CRAFT port of a Total Access 1200 Series
ALARM
PORTS 1-24
CRAFT
Figure 3-11. Total Access 1100 Series DSLAM Craft Port
2. Set the terminal baud rate to 9600 baud, 8 data bits, no parity, 1 stop bit, and no flow
control.
NOTE
The 4-MB Flash Upgrade must be made at 9600 baud.
61179641AL1-5C
3-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
3. Press and hold the Y key on the terminal keyboard and apply power to the Total Access
1200 Series DSLAM.
4. When prompted, select 38400 for a faster transfer rate (20 minutes at 38400 compared to
60 minutes at 9600).
If using HyperTerminal, go off-line, select properties, change the baud rate, then go back
online. VT100 settings should be set as follows:
• Baud Rate: 38400
• Data Bits: 8
• Parity: None
• Stop Bits: 1
• Flow Control: None
If properly connected, a row of CCCCs should begin to display on the screen.
5. Download the current file identified by network administration using the Y-Modem
protocol.
If using HyperTerminal, use the Transfer > Send File... Browse... dialogue and identify the
file by name and location. Select YModem, then click Send.
6. Several messages are displayed that report system progress for the upgrade procedure,
including the following:
• Erasing Flash
• Erase Complete
• Programming Flash
• Programming Complete
• Comparing Flash to SDRAM
• Verify Done
• Please set Baud Rate to 9600 and Reboot Unit Now
7. Reboot the Total Access 1200 Series DSLAM when the download is completed.
9. Connect the Total Access 1200F expansion cables at the DSLAM end.
10. Provision, test, and turn up the equipment. Refer to “Section 4, Provisioning Defaults”
and “Section 5, User Interface” of the Total Access 1200F Installation and Maintenance
Practice (P/N 61179660L1-5) for detailed instructions on provisioning the equipment.
NOTE
Access to the Total Access 1200 Series units is now available
through the Total Access 1200F craft access of Inband
Management access ports.
3-18
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Quick Turn-up Steps
QUICK TURN-UP STEPS
Perform the following steps to complete a basic T1 turn-up of the Total Access 1248 system:
1. Connect VT100 terminal or personal computer emulating a VT100 terminal to the Total
Access 1248 craft port.
Total Access 1248
Login:
ADMIN
Password: ********
Figure 3-12. Login Screen
3. Enter the default username, “ADMIN” (or the configured username with System
Administrator privileges), and press ENTER.
4. Enter the default password, “PASSWORD” (or the configured password), and press ENTER.
NOTE
The username and password fields are case sensitive. The default
values are all uppercase. For more information, refer to “Password
61179641AL1-5C
3-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
TID: HSVL00001
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Total Access 1248
1. Configuration
2. ATM Circuit Management
3. System Management
4. Network Port
5. DSL Menus
6. System Alarms
7. System Event Log
8. Contact Information
9. Enter TL1 mode
10. Logoff
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 3-13. Total Access 1248 Main Menu
5. Provision the appropriate network termination.
6. From the Total Access 1248 Main menu, select Network Port, and press ENTER.
TID: HSVL00001
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Network Port
1. T1
2. IMA
3. Select T1/E1 Mode
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 3-14. Network Port Menu
7. From the Network Port menu, select T1, and press ENTER.
3-20
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Quick Turn-up Steps
TID: HSVL00001
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
T1 Main Menu
1. T1 Provisioning
2. T1 Status
3. T1 Performance
4. Test
5. Restore T1 Factory Defaults
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 3-15. T1 Main Menu
9. From the T1 Main Menu, select T1 Provisioning, and press ENTER.
TID: HSVL00001
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
T1 Provisioning for # 1
1. Type
2. Framing
DSX
ESF
3. Line Code
4. Line Build Out
B8ZS
0 - 133 ft
'N' - Next T1 Port 'P' - Previous T1 Port
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 3-16. T1 Provisioning Screen
61179641AL1-5C
3-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
10. From the T1 Provisioning menu, configure the Type, Framing, Line Code, and Line Build Out
setting to match the settings of the T1s provided. Press N to access the next T1 to
configure and continue this process until all the T1s are properly configured.
11. From the T1 Provisioning menu, press ESC to return to the T1 Main Menu.
12. From the T1 Main Menu, select T1 Status, and press ENTER.
13. From the T1 Status menu, confirm that the T1s do not have active alarms.
NOTE
If the T1s have active alarms, this is an indication of a network feed
issue.
14. From the T1 Status menu, press ESC until the Network Port menu displays.
15. From the Network Port menu, select IMA and press ENTER.
16. From the IMA Main Menu, select Provisioning, and press ENTER.
17. From the IMA Provisioning menu, select IMA Facility, and press ENTER.
18. From the IMA Facility Provisioning for # 1 menu, select Facility Operation Mode, and press
ENTER.
19. From the Operation Mode for Facility for # 1 menu, provision the facilities as appropriate.
The default settings assign the four facilities to the IMA Group.
20. From the Operation Mode for Facility for # 1 menu, press ESC until the IMA Provisioning
menu displays.
21. From the IMA Provisioning menu, select IMA Group, and press ENTER.
22. From the IMA Group Provisioning menu, select Group Operation Mode, and press ENTER.
23. From the Group Operation Mode menu, select In Service, and press ENTER.
24. Press ESC until the Main Menu displays.
25. From the Main Menu, select System Management, and press ENTER.
26. From the System Management menu, select IP Address, and press ENTER.
27. From the Mode Selection and Current IP Settings menu, verify that the Mode is set to
Static.
28. From the Mode Selection and Current IP Settings menu, select Configure IP, and press
ENTER.
29. From the Status IP Settings - for IP over ATM menu, configure the following fields:
• IP Address
• Subnet Mask
• VPI/VCI
• Default Gateway
3-22
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Quick Turn-up Steps
30. Add the IP address to the network routers/servers.
31. Press ESC until the System Management menu displays.
32. From the System Management menu, select Test IP Address, and press ENTER.
TID: HSVL00001
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Test IP Address
1. IP Address Not configured
2. Ping Timeout 1 secs
3. Number of Pings 4 pings
4. Start Ping
5. Start Traceroute
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 3-17. Test IP Address Menu
33. From the Test IP Address menu, select IP Address, and press ENTER.
The IP Address field is highlighted.
34. Enter the IP address of the default gateway to Ping in decimal dot format, and press ENTER.
35. From the IP Address menu, select Start Ping, and press ENTER to initiate the Ping.
36. Confirm that the Traffic Descriptor default values match the local practices and modify
accordingly.
37. Add the Service Profiles to the Total Access 1248 for the approved service.
38. Pre-provision the system using the information provided in the appropriate work order.
39. Place the DSL ports In Service, as needed.
61179641AL1-5C
3-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
This page is intentionally blank.
3-24
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Section 4
Provisioning Defaults
INTRODUCTION
Table 4-1. Default Provisioning Options
Provisioning Option
ATM Circuit Options
PVCs
Available Options
Default Setting
User definable (Each ADSL connection
must have at least one PVC/PVP for
data flow.)
None
Traffic Descriptors
(Service options)
UBR; CBR; VBR-rt; VBR-nrt
UBR
System Management
Password Control
Set Login Name
Access Level
User defined
Not configured
Not configured
Read Only; Technician; System
Administrator
Control Level
Read Only; Read/Write
Enabled; Disabled
Not configured
Disabled
Allow SNMP Security
Management
Set Menus Idle Logout
Time
1–60 minutes
1–120 minutes
1–120 minutes
10 minutes
30 minutes
120 minutes
TL1 Menus Idle Logout
Time
TL1 Inband Idle Logout
Time
61179641AL1-5C
4-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 4-1. Default Provisioning Options (Continued)
Provisioning Option
IP Address
Available Options
Default Setting
IP Feed
RFC1483 Routed; IP over Ethernet;
RFC1483 Bridged
RFC1483 Routed
IP Mode
Dynamic; Static
Dynamic
0.0.0.0
IP Address
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
1023 or greater
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
TFTP IP Address
TL1 Port Number
TL1 IP Transport Type
Test IP Address
Test IP Address
Ping Timeout
Number of Pings
Baud Rate
0.0.0.0
Not configured
Not configured
13001
TCP; UDP
TCP
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
1–10 seconds
Not configured
1 second
1–8 pings
4 pings
Baud Rate
9600; 19200; 38400
9600
SNMP Contact Information
Contact
55-character string
55-character string
55-character string
ADTRAN, Inc. (256) 963-8000
Not configured
Name
Location
Customer specified
SNMP Community Names
Name
32-character string
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
Read/Write; Read
Not Configured *
0.0.0.0
IP Address
Privileges
SNMP Trap Hosts
Trap Port
1–65535
162
IP Address
0–255.0–255.0–255.0–255
SNMPv1; SNMPv2
Not configured
Not Configured
Version
SNMP Traps Enabled
SNMP Traps Enabled
Yes; No
Yes
4-2
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Introduction
Table 4-1. Default Provisioning Options (Continued)
Provisioning Option
External Alarms
Alarm Name
Available Options
Default Setting
25-character string
External Alarm Input #
Minor
Alarm Severity
Fan Alarm Delay
Network Port
E1 Provisioning
E1 Framing
Critical; Major; Minor; Load shedding
0–15 minutes
10 Minutes
FAS; FAS+CRC
HDB3; AMI
FAS+CRC
HDB3
E1 Line Code
T1 Provisioning
T1 Type
DSX; T1
ESF; SF
DSX
T1 Framing
ESF
T1 Line Code
B8ZS; AMI
B8ZS
0–133 ft
T1 Line Build Out
DSX Type: 0-133 ft; 133-266 ft;
266-399 ft; 399-533 ft; 533-655 ft
T1 Type: 0 dB; –7.5 dB; –15 dB;–22.5
dB
0 dB
IMA Provisioning
Facility Operation Mode
Group Operation Mode
IMA_Group; Unassigned; Pass-through
IMA_Group
In Service; Out of Service-Maintenance; Out of Service-Maintenance
Out of Service-Unassigned
IMA Transmit ID
0-255
101
128
IMA Transmit Frame
Length
32; 64; 128; 256
Minimum TX Active Links 1-4
Minimum RX Active Links 1-4
Maximum Link Diff Delay 0-100
1
1
100
Scrambler
Enable; Disable
Disabled
DSL Menus
ADSL Provisioning
Card Service State
In Service; Out of Service-Maintenance; In Service
Out of Service-Unassigned
Line Service State
In Service; Out of Service-Maintenance; Out of Service-Maintenance
Out of Service-Unassigned
61179641AL1-5C
4-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 4-1. Default Provisioning Options (Continued)
Provisioning Option
Available Options
Default Setting
Service Mode
Multimode; T1.413; G.dmt; G.lite;
ADSL2; ADSL2.lite; ADSL2+; READSL;
Legacy Multimode
Multimode
Cabinet Mode
Hamband Mask
Link Down Alarm
Rate Mode
Disabled; Enabled
Disabled; Enabled
Disabled; Enabled
Fixed; Rate Adaptive
Interleave; Fast
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
Rate adaptive
Fast
Line Type
* SNMP Community Names are case-sensitive. The Total Access 1248 system provides two SNMP Community
Name accounts with the following defaults:
• Name:
private
• IP Address:
• Privileges:
0.0.0.0
Read/Write
• Name:
• IP Address:
• Privileges:
public
0.0.0.0
Read
4-4
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Section 5
User Interface
INTRODUCTION
This section provides detailed information on the following:
SYSTEM MANAGEMENT
Total Access 1248 system management and provisioning is facilitated by a series of intuitive
menus that are accessible on a computer screen. The Total Access 1248 provides two methods
for management access:
Craft Interface
Connection to the Total Access 1248 system menus can be made through the DB-9 connector,
labeled CRAFT, on the front of the Total Access 1248 system. A DB-9 straight cable is required.
ALARM
PORTS 1-24
CRAFT
Figure 5-1. Craft Port Location
61179641AL1-5C
5-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Most personal computers or laptops can run communications software that emulates a VT100
terminal. Windows programs such as Terminal or HyperTerminal are two such examples in
the Windows format, but there are many other adequate, commercially available software
packages, virtually all of which allow the PC or laptop to emulate a VT100 terminal. Certain
configuration items must be set on a PC or laptop to act as a VT100 terminal for the Total
Access 1248.
1. Set the parameters of the communications software to the following settings:
• 9600 baud rate
• 8 data bits
• No parity
• 1 stop bit
• No flow control
2. Set the PC for direct connect on the appropriate communications port (as opposed to dial
up connection).
3. Plug the male end of the data cable into the Total Access 1248. Make connection to the PC
or laptop as appropriate for the equipment.
Inband Management Interface
To access the Total Access 1248 through the inband management method, use an appropriate
Telnet client to access the management interface of the Total Access 1248 at the configured IP
NOTE
A craft port session takes priority over a Telnet session. An active
craft port session must be terminated before a Telnet session can
be successfully started. When a craft port session is initiated, any
active Telnet session is automatically disconnected.
5-2
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Logging on to the Total Access 1248
LOGGING ON TO THE TOTAL ACCESS 1248
To logon to the Total Access 1248 system, perform the following steps:
1. Establish the physical connection to the Total Access 1248.
3. Press CTRL+R until the Login prompt appears.
Total Access 1248
Login:
ADMIN
Password: ********
Figure 5-2. Login Screen
NOTE
The Total Access 1248 system requires the username and
associated password.
4. Enter the default username, “ADMIN” (or the configured username with System Adminis-
trator privileges), and press ENTER.
5. Enter the default password, “PASSWORD” (or the configured password), and press ENTER.
NOTE
The username and password fields are case sensitive. The default
values are all uppercase. For more information, refer to “Password
61179641AL1-5C
5-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
MENU STRUCTURE
The menu structure for the Total Access 1248 is a layered menu tree. Each layer of the menu
tree is displayed as a menu or a screen.
Menu
A menu is a display that provides numbered selections that are used to navigate to related
menus, modify provisioning information, or display information screens. A menu can contain
the following objects:
• Menu Option: A menu option is indicated by a number, which when selected navigates the
display to another menu layer or is used to change the option setting.
• Read-only Field: A read-only field displays information that cannot be changed. The
information displayed in a read-only field can be static or can be automatically updated by
the Total Access 1248.
• Read-write Field: A read-write field displays information that when selected can be
modified.
• Hot Key: A hot key is a key or combination of keys that are assigned to a function
(i.e., S - Select Port).
Screen
A screen is a display that usually indicates the end of a menu tree path. A screen can contain
the following objects:
• Read-only Field: A read-only field displays information that cannot be changed. The
information displayed in a read-only field can be static or can be automatically updated by
the Total Access 1248.
• Read-write Field: A read-write field displays information that when selected can be
modified.
• Hot Key: A hot key is a key or combination of keys that are assigned to a function
(i.e., S - Select Port).
5-4
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Navigation
MENU NAVIGATION
Basic menu navigation is accomplished by selecting the desired option number and then
pressing ENTER. To return to the previous menu, press the ESC (escape) key. To access the
System Help screen, press the question mark (?) key, and press ENTER.
Hot Keys
keys for the Total Access 1248 system.
Table 5-1. General Keyboard Commands
Keyboard Command
Description
BACKSPACE
This keyboard command is used to delete the character to the left of
the cursor during keyboard input.
ENTER (or Return)
CTRL+R (Control and r)
ESC (Escape)
This keyboard command is used to terminate input.
This keyboard command is used to refresh the display.
This keyboard command is used to return to the previous menu.
Spacebar
This keyboard command is used to toggle the setting choices for a
text field.
Table 5-2. Menu Specific Hot Keys
Hot Key
Description
PVC/PVP Management
C
D
M
N
O
P
This hot key is used to display the next PVC/PVP page.
This hot key is used to display the previous PVC/PVP page.
Q
V
ATM Performance Monitoring Status
B
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the last 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
C
F
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring statistics.
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the next 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
61179641AL1-5C
5-5
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-2. Menu Specific Hot Keys (Continued)
Hot Key
Description
P
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
N
S
Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status
C
This hot key clears all the status information from the menu and updates the
Status Information Cleared: field with the date and time that the action occurred.
This hot key is available in all AUC modes.
R
S
This hot key initiates a retrieve of the configuration file from the file server. This
hot key is available in the Auto and Manual AUC modes.
This hot key starts the upgrade process. This hot key is available in the Manual
AUC mode.
T1 Performance Monitoring Status
B
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the last 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
C
F
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring statistics.
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the next 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
N
P
S
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
E1 Performance Monitoring Status
B
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the last 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
C
F
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring statistics.
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the next 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
N
P
S
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
IMA Group Performance Monitoring Status
B
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the last 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
C
F
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring statistics.
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the next 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
5-6
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Navigation
Table 5-2. Menu Specific Hot Keys (Continued)
Hot Key
Description
IMA Performance Monitoring Status (Facilities)
B
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the last 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
C
F
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring statistics.
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the next 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
N
P
S
T
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
This hot key is used to toggle between the Near End and Far End performance
monitoring data.
ADSL Profile *
C
D
E
N
P
S
V
This hot key is used to create a new profile.
This hot key is used to delete a specified profile.
This hot key is used to modify a specified profile.
This hot key is used to display the next profile screen.
This hot key is used to display the previous profile screen.
This hot key is used to display a specific page.
This hot key is used to display a specified profile.
Performance Monitoring
B
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the last 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
C
F
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring statistics.
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the next 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
N
P
S
T
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
This hot key is used to view upstream/downstream Performance Monitoring data.
ADSL Retrain Criteria
C
N
P
This hot key resets all retrain counts to zero.
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
61179641AL1-5C
5-7
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-2. Menu Specific Hot Keys (Continued)
Hot Key
Description
S
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
Performance Monitoring Status
B
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the last 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
C
F
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring statistics.
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring statistics for the next 2
hours, in 15 minute intervals.
N
P
S
T
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
This hot key is used to view upstream/downstream Performance Monitoring data.
System Alarm Log
A
C
F
L
This hot key is used to acknowledge all alarms.
This hot key is used to clear all acknowledged alarms.
This hot key is used to display the first page of alarms.
This hot key is used to display the last page of alarms.
This hot key is used to display the next page of alarms.
This hot key is used to display the previous page of alarms.
This hot key is used to reset all alarms.
N
P
R
T
This hot key is used to display alarms in time ascending or descending order.
System Event Log
A
D
F
This hot key is used to display all events.
This hot key is used to display date/time events.
This hot key is used to display the first page of events.
This hot key is used to display login events.
G
L
This hot key is used to display the last page of events.
This hot key is used to display the next page of events.
This hot key is used to display account events.
This hot key is used to display the previous page of events.
This hot key is used to display software update events.
N
O
P
S
5-8
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Tree
Table 5-2. Menu Specific Hot Keys (Continued)
Hot Key
Description
This hot key is used to display events in time ascending/descending order.
T
V
This hot key is used to toggle between displaying the connection method and
associated user name for each event, or the IP address for each event.
Y
This hot key is used to display security events.
* After creating a profile, provisioning is not updated until the profile changes from Inactive to Active. To unassign
ports on a profile, simply change the state to Inactive and change the ports to “0” and this removes them.
MENU TREE
There are a number of menu screens designed to aid in the maintenance and troubleshooting
of the Total Access 1248 system. A menu tree is a visual map that can be used to locate
configuration information and provisioning options. The menu trees for the Total Access 1248
are listed below and can be found on the indicated pages:
61179641AL1-5C
5-9
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Unit Name
CLEI Code
1. Configuration
Part Number
Serial Number
Product Revision
Total Access 1248
Software Revision
1. ATM PVC/PVP Management
2. ATM Circuit Management
2. ATM Traffic Parameter Defaults
3. Restore ATM Defaults
1. Change ATM Port Number
2. ATM Performance Data
4. ATM Performance
3. ATM Port Cell Count Summary
4. Clear all PM for all Ports
1. DSLAM OAM Loopback Location ID
2. DSLAM OAM State
5. ATM OAM Settings
1. Remote OAM Loopback Location ID
2. Type of OAM Loopback Cell
3. Send Loopback Cell
3. Inband OAM Loopback Test
4. Reset Loopback Statistics
5. Reset All Statistics
3. System Management
4. Network Port
A
C
D
5. DSL Menus
6. System Alarms
7. System Event Log
8. Contact Information
9. Enter TL1 Mode
10. Logoff
Figure 5-3. Total Access 1248 Main Menu Tree
5-10
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Tree
1. Set Passwords
1. Password Control
2. Allow SNMP Security Management
3. Set Menus Idle Logout Time
4. Set TL1 Menus Idle Logout Time
5. Set TL1 Inband Idle Logout Time
6. Restore Default Passwords
A
1. RFC1483 Routed
2. IP over Ethernet
3. RFC1483 Bridged
IP Feed
2. IP Address
1. Static
2. Dynamic
2. Mode
1. IP Address
2. Subnet Mask
Static IP Settings for IP over ATM
3. VPI/VCI
4. PCR
5. Default Gateway
6. TFTP IP Address
7. TL1 Port Number (Set > 1023)
3. Configure IP
8. TL1 IP Transport Type
9. Reset IP Factory Defaults
Mac Address
Encapsulation is via rfc1483 SNAP
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Dynamic IP Settings for IP over ATM
3. VPI/VCI
4. PCR
Default Gateway
6. TFTP IP Address
7. TL1 Port Number (Set > 1023)
8. TL1 IP Transport Type
9. Reset IP Factory Defaults
Mac Address
Encapsulation is via rfc1483 SNAP
1. IP Address
2. Subnet Mask
3. Default Gateway
Static IP Settings for IP over Ethernet
1. IP Address
4. TFTP IP Address
3. Test IP Address
2. Ping Timeout
3. Number of Pings
4. Start Ping
5. TL1 Port Number (Set > 1023)
6. TL1 IP Transport Type
7. Reset IP Factory Defaults
Mac Address
5. Start Traceroute
1. Adjust Time
2. Adjust Date
4. Time/Date
5. Baud Rate
IP Address
Subnet Mask
Default Gateway
Dynamic IP Settings for IP over Ethernet
1. 9600
2. 19200
3. 38400
4. TFTP IP Address
6. TFTP Configuration
Upload/Download
5. TL1 Port Number (Set > 1023)
6. TL1 IP Transport Type
7. Reset IP Factory Defaults
Mac Address
TFTP Server
TFTP Function
TFTP Filename
Error Status
Update Progress
B
Figure 5-4. System Management Menu Tree
61179641AL1-5C
5-11
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
B
1. Contact
2. Name
3. Location
1. Contact Information
2. Community Names
7. SNMP/TL1
1. Name
2. IP Address
3. Privileges
4. Name
5. IP Address
6. Pivileges
7. Name
8. IP Address
9. Privileges
1. IP Address
2. Version
3. Trap Hosts
3. IP Address
4. Version
5. IP Address
6. Version
4. Traps Enabled
5. TL1 Target ID
7. Trap Port
1. Download Network Module Code
2. Exit
1. Y-Modem
2. TFTP
8. Download New Code
TFTP Server
TFTP Function
TFTP Filename
Error Status
Update Progress
1. AUC Config File
2. AUC Mode
3. AUC Refresh Interval
4. AUC Upgrade Retries
5. AUC TFTP Server
6. AUC Base Path
1. Auto
3. Auto Firmware Upgrade Provisioning
2. Manual
3. Disable
1. Restore
2. Exit
1. Reset
2. Exit
9. Restore Factory Defaults
10. Reset System
1. Run Fan Self Test
Fan #1 Test
Fan #2 Test
Fan #3 Test
Fan #4 Test
ROM Test
11. Self Test Results
RAM Test
EEPROM Test
1. Alarm #1
2. Alarm #2
3. Alarm #3
4. Severity
5. Severity
12. External Alarms
6. Severity
7. Fan Alarm Delay
8. Restore External Alarm Defaults
1. Enabled
2. Disabled
1. Mode
2. Clear Packet Counts
13. Expansion Menu
14. Modem Configuration
System Uptime
1. Prompt User on call Received
2. Number of Rings
1. Caller ID
2. Reject Calls with no Caller ID
3. Only Allow Specified Phone Numbers
3. Caller ID Features
4. Phone Numbers
Figure 5-4. System Management Menu Tree (Continued)
5-12
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Tree
1. DSX
2. T1
1. Type (T1 only)
1. T1/E1 Provisioning
1. ESF (E1 option FAS+CRC)
2. SF (E1 option FAS)
2. Framing (T1/E1)
1. B8ZS (E1 option HDB3)
2. AMI (E1 option AMI)
3. Line Code (T1/E1)
1. T1/E1
DSX Type
4. Line Build Out (T1 only)
2. T1/E1 Status
1. 0-133 feet
2. 133-266 feet
3. 266-399 feet
4. 399-533 feet
5. 533-655 feet
1. T1/E1 PM
2. Clear All T1/E1 PM
3. T1/E1 Performance
1. Payload Loopback
2. Line Loopback
4. Test
3. Local Loopback
4. No Loopback
5. Clear T1/E1 Loopbacks On All Ports
T1 Type
1. 0 dB
5. Restore T1/E1 Factory Defaults
6. SNMP/Menu Loopback Detection
7. Inband Loopback Detection
8. FDL Loopback Detection
2. -7.5 dB
C
3. -15 dB
4. -22.5 dB
IMA Firmware Revision
IMA Link Type
1. IMA Configuration
1. All Facilities Summary
2. Facility Operation Mode
Receive Group
1. IMA_Group
2. Unassigned
3. Pass Thru
1. IMA Facility
2. IMA
Receive Link ID
Receive ATM Address
Transmit Group
2. Provisioning
Transmit Link ID
Transmit ATM Address
1. In Service
2. Out of Service - Maintenance
3. Out of Service - Unassigned
1. Group Operation Mode
IMA Transmit ID (0-255)
IMA TX Frame Length (32, 64, 128, 256)
Min. TX Active Links
2. IMA Group
Min. RX Active Links
Max Link Diff. Delay <0-100>
Group Version Version 1.1
1. Force All Facilities Into Unassigned
2. Force Facility - 1 Into Pass Through
3. Force All Facilities Into IMA Group 1
3. Shortcut Setup
1. Enable
2. Disable
4. Scrambler
5. Restore Factory Defaults
1. Group FM Status
2. All Links FM Status
3. Status/Failure Monitoring
4. Test
1. Data Lpbk Towards Network
2. ATM Lpbk Towards Network
3. ATM Lpbk Towards Customer
1. Enable
2. Disable
1. IMA Group PM
2. Facilities PM
5. Performance Monitoring Data
1. Yes
2. No
3. Clear All IMA Links PM
1. T1
2. E1
3. Select T1/E1 Mode
Figure 5-5. Network Port Menu Tree
61179641AL1-5C
5-13
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
1. DSL Profiles
1. ADSL Provisioning
2. Alarm Profiles
1. Select Port
2. ADSL Card Service State
3. Port Provisioning
1. In Service
2. Out of Service - Unassigned
3. Out of Service - Maintenance
1. In Service
2. Out of Service - Unassigned
3. Out of Service - Maintenance
3. Line Service State
1. Multimode (ADSL1, ADSL2, ADSL2+)
4. Service Mode
2. T1.413
3. G.dmt
4. G.lite
5. ADSL2
6. ADSL2.lite
7. ADSL2+
8. READSL
9. Legacy Multimode (ADSL1)
D
1. Enabled
2. Disabled
5. Hamband Mask
6. Cabinet Mode
1. Disabled
2. Enabled (Tone 250)
3. Enabled (Tone 110)
4. Enabled (Tone 130)
1. Enabled
2. Disabled
7. Link Down Alarm
8. Ports to apply changes
9. Apply Provisioning to all Ports
1. Reset
2. Exit
1. ADSL Provisioning Restore
4. Restore ADSL Provisioning
1. Reset All DSPs and Reload
Firmware
1. Reset
2. Exit
1. ADSL Status
2. DSP Management Menu
2. ADSL Status
2. Reset DSPs without reloading
Firmware
1. DSP:
2. Reset this DSP
3. Exit
2. All ADSL Ports Status
3. ATU-R Information
4. BAT/SNR Tables
3. Auto Warm Start
4. Retrain Criteria
5. Exit
1. Retrain Margin NE
2. Retrain Margin FE
1. Display PM for Current Port
2. Clear All PM for All Ports
3. ADSL Performance
4. DELT menus
1. Yes
2. No
3. Retrain UAS-LNE
4. Retrain UAS-LFE
5. Retrain SES-FE
1. Port
2. Activate DELT
3. Terminate Test
4. Test Data Filename
5. DELT TFTP Address
Figure 5-6. DSL Menu Tree
5-14
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
MENU DESCRIPTIONS
Main Menu
Main Menu\
The Main menu options have several functions and submenus that identify and provide
access to specific operations and parameters.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Total Access 1248
1. Configuration
2. ATM Circuit Management
3. System Management
4. Network Port
5. DSL Menus
6. System Alarms
7. System Event Log
8. Contact Information
9. Enter TL1 mode
10. Logoff
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-7. Total Access 1248 Main Menu
Table 5-3. Total Access 1248 Main Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Configuration
2
3
4
ATM Circuit Management
System Management
Network Port
This option displays the “ATM Circuit Management
93.
5
6
DSL Menus
System Alarms
61179641AL1-5C
5-15
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-3. Total Access 1248 Main Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
7
System Event Log
8
9
Contact Information
Enter TL1 Mode
Logoff
10
This option is used to end a Total Access 1248 menu
session.
5-16
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Configuration Screen
Configuration
Main Menu\Configuration\
instance, the CLEI Code and Part Number can be used to search for related information on the
ADTRAN web site or to order additional parts. The software revision may be required when
calling the ADTRAN Technical Support.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Configuration
Host
Unit Name
CLEI Code
TA1248
VAMDA00ARA
1179641AL1
E46D0043
H
Part Number
Serial Number
Product Revision
Software Revision B03.06.01
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-8. Configuration Screen
Table 5-4. Configuration Screen Fields
Field
Description
Unit Name
CLEI Code
This field displays the unit name of the Total Access 1248.
This field displays the Common Language Equipment Identifier
(CLEI) code of the Total Access 1248.
Part Number
This field displays the part number of the Total Access 1248.
This field displays the serial number of the Total Access 1248.
Serial Number
Production Revision
This field displays the current product revision of the Total
Access 1248.
Software Revision
This field displays the software revision of the Total Access
1248. This field updates automatically when a software
download is completed.
61179641AL1-5C
5-17
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
ATM Circuit Management Menu
ATM Circuit Management
Main Menu\ATM Circuit Management\
maintain customer circuits. From this menu, a Permanent Virtual Circuit/Permanent Virtual
Path (PVC/PVP) for each ATM circuit can be viewed, created, or modified. PVCs are logical
connections between ports that allow data to be sent from the network to a customer location.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
ATM Circuit Management
1. ATM PVC/PVP Management
2. ATM Traffic Parameter Defaults
3. Restore ATM defaults
4. ATM Performance
5. ATM OAM Settings
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-9. ATM Circuit Management Menu
Table 5-5. ATM Circuit Management Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
ATM PVC/PVP Management
This option displays the “PVC/PVP Management Menu”
2
3
4
5
ATM Traffic Parameter
Defaults
This option displays the “ATM Traffic Parameter Defaults
Restore ATM defaults
ATM Performance
ATM OAM Settings
This option displays the “Restore ATM Factory Defaults
This option displays the “ATM Performance Monitoring
5-18
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
PVC/PVP Management Menu
PVC/PVP Management
NOTE
or client unit must be chosen in order to access the PVC/PVP
Management menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Select Shelf
1. Host
2. Client 1 (configured)
3. Client 2 (configured)
4. Client 3 (configured)
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-10. Select Shelf Menu
PVCs.
NOTE
If there are no current PVCs, the PVC/PVP Management menu only
provides the create (C) hot key. In order to show all the available
hot key choices on the PVC/PVP Management menu, one PVC has
61179641AL1-5C
5-19
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Page 1 of 1
PVC/PVP Management - Shelf: Host PVCs: 1
Endpoint 1
Endpoint 2
Port VPI VCI
Circuit ID
Port VPI VCI
Netw 35
<->
1
1000
1
0
35
Circuit ID:
Select:
Endpoint2 -> Endpoint1
Service PCR(0+1)
UBR Best Effort
Pkt Discard
Enabled
1
Endpoint 1: Port
0
VPI
35
VCI
1000
Endpoint 2:
Port
1
VPI
0
VCI
35
Enter # or arrow keys to pick circuit; space bar for choices or c,d,m,n,o,p,v,q
Figure 5-11. PVC/PVP Management Menu
Table 5-6. PVC/PVP Management Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
C
D
M
Create a new PVC/PVP
Delete a PVC/PVP
Modify a PVC/PVP
This hot key displays the “Create a New PVC/PVP
This hot key displays the “Delete an Existing PVC/PVP
This hot key displays the “Modify an Existing PVC/PVP
N
O
Display next PVC/PVP page
Display ATM OAM statistics
This hot key is used to display the next PVC/PVP page.
This hot key displays the “Current ATM OAM Statistics
P
Q
V
Display previous PVC/PVP
page
This hot key is used to display the previous PVC/PVP
page.
Display quick provisioning
menu
This hot key displays the “ATM Quick Provisioning
menu
5-20
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Create a New PVC/PVP Screen
Create New PVC/PVP
connections. Each ADSL connection has at least one PVC/PVP per ATM circuit provisioned for
data flow. PVC/PVPs map ATM circuits from the network to the ADSL ports.
Create a New PVC/PVP
Endpoint 1 (Net --> Cust) Endpoint 2 (Net <-- Cust)
Port
Netw
VPI
35
VCI
1000
Port
1
VPI
0
VCI
35
____________________________________________________________
Service
UBR
Pkt Discard
Enabled
PCR
Best Effort
Circuit ID
N/A
____________________________________________________________
When finished, place cursor here to select action:
Create new circuit and return to PVC/PVP Management
NOTE: No changes will take effect until an action is selected and executed.
To Select an action, place the cursor over the Action option and press the
Space Bar. To execute the action, press Enter.
Enter a VPI value between 0 an 4095.
Figure 5-12. Create a New PVC/PVP Screen
Table 5-7. Create a New PVC/PVP Screen Fields
Field
Description
Endpoint 1 Port
Endpoint 1 VPI
This field displays the network port.
This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier for the ATM port
from the Network. Valid values range from 0 to 4095.
Endpoint 1 VCI
Endpoint 2 Port
Endpoint 2 VPI
Endpoint 2 VCI
This field displays the Virtual Channel Identifier for the ATM
port from the network. Valid values range from 0 to 65535.
This field displays the ATM port that is being created. Valid
values range from 1 to 48.
This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier for the ATM port.
Valid values range from 0 to 4095.
This field displays the Virtual Channel Identifier for the ATM.
Valid values range from 0 to 65535.
61179641AL1-5C
5-21
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-7. Create a New PVC/PVP Screen Fields (Continued)
Field
Description
Service
This field identifies ATM Traffic Class. There are four service
options (Traffic Descriptors) available for the Total Access 1248
system:
• UBR
• CBR
• VBR-rt
• VBR-nrt
The options available for each service and their descriptions are
Circuit ID
This field displays the identifier given to a specific circuit. This
is a user defined value.
Pkt Discard
This field displays the status of packet discard: Enabled or
Disabled.
Table 5-8. PVC/PVP Service Options
Service
Description
T1 Settings
E1 Settings
UBR
Unspecified bit rate
CBR
Constant bit rate
• Peak Cell Rate
• PCR
0-14488
0-19316
VBR-rt
Variable bit rate real time
• PCR
• SCR
• MBS
• Peak Cell Rate
• Sustained Cell Rate
• Maximum Burst Size
0-14488
0-14488
0-65535
0-19316
0-19316
0-65535
VBR-nrt
Variable bit rate non-real time
• PCR
• SCR
• MBS
• Peak Cell Rate
• Sustained Cell Rate
• Maximum Burst Size
0-14488
0-14488
0-65535
0-19316
0-19316
0-65535
5-22
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Delete an Existing PVC/PVP Screen
Delete Existing PVC/PVP
When the D hot key is selected to delete a PVC/PVP, a confirmation prompt at the bottom of
Page 1 of 1
PVC/PVP Management - Shelf: Host PVCs: 1
Endpoint 1
Endpoint 2
Port VPI VCI
Circuit ID
Port VPI VCI
Netw 35
<->
1
1000
1
0
35
Circuit ID:
Select:
Endpoint2 -> Endpoint1
Service PCR(0+1)
UBR Best Effort
Pkt Discard
Enabled
1
Endpoint 1: Port
0
VPI
35
VCI
1000
Endpoint 2:
Port
1
VPI
0
VCI
35
Delete this circuit (y/n)?
Figure 5-13. Delete an Existing PVC/PVP Screen
61179641AL1-5C
5-23
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Modify an Existing PVC/PVP Screen
Modify Existing PVC/PVP
PVPs.
Modify an Existing PVC/PVP
Endpoint 1 (Net --> Cust) Endpoint 2 (Net <-- Cust)
Port
Netw
VPI
35
VCI
1000
Port
1
VPI
0
VCI
35
____________________________________________________________
Service
UBR
Pkt Discard
Enabled
PCR
Best Effort
Circuit ID
N/A
____________________________________________________________
When finished, place cursor here to select action:
Modify existing circuit and return to PVC/PVP Management
NOTE: No changes will take effect until an action is selected and executed.
To Select an action, place the cursor over the Action option and press the
Space Bar. To execute the action, press Enter.
Enter a VPI value between 0 and 4095.
Figure 5-14. Modify an Existing PVC/PVP Screen
Table 5-9. Modify an Existing PVC/PVP Screen Fields
Field
Description
Endpoint 1 Port
Endpoint 1 VPI
This field displays the network port.
This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier for the ATM port
from the Network. Valid values range from 0 to 4095.
Endpoint 1 VCI
Endpoint 2 Port
Endpoint 2 VPI
Endpoint 2 VCI
This field displays the Virtual Channel Identifier for the ATM
port from the network. Valid values range from 0 to 65535.
This field displays the ATM port that is being created. Valid
values range from 1 to 48.
This field displays the Virtual Path Identifier for the ATM port.
Valid values range from 0 to 4095.
This field displays the Virtual Channel Identifier for the ATM.
Valid values range from 0 to 65535.
5-24
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-9. Modify an Existing PVC/PVP Screen Fields (Continued)
Field
Description
Service
This field identifies ATM Traffic Class. There are four service
options (Traffic Descriptors) available for the Total Access 1248
system:
• UBR
• CBR
• VBR-rt
• VBR-nrt
The options available for each service and their descriptions are
Circuit ID
This field displays the identifier given to a specific circuit. This
is a user defined value.
Pkt Discard
This field displays the status of packet discard: Enabled or
Disabled.
Table 5-10. PVC/PVP Service Options
Service
Description
T1 Settings
E1 Settings
UBR
Unspecified bit rate
CBR
Constant bit rate
• Peak Cell Rate
• PCR
0-14488
0-19316
VBR-rt
Variable bit rate real time
• PCR
• SCR
• MBS
• Peak Cell Rate
• Sustained Cell Rate
• Maximum Burst Size
0-14488
0-14488
0-65535
0-19316
0-19316
0-65535
VBR-nrt
Variable bit rate non-real time
• PCR
• SCR
• MBS
• Peak Cell Rate
• Sustained Cell Rate
• Maximum Burst Size
0-14488
0-14488
0-65535
0-19316
0-19316
0-65535
61179641AL1-5C
5-25
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Current ATM OAM Statistics Menu
Current ATM OAM Statistics
displays the network and line side OAM information for each ATM circuit.
OAM is the group of network management functions that provide network fault indication and
performance information.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Current ATM OAM Statistics
Endpoint 1
Port VPI VCI
Endpoint 2
Port VPI VCI
Modem Status
Down
0
35
1000
1
0
35
Endpoint 1 (Net --> Cust)
: 0
Endpoint 2 (Net <-- Cust)
: 0
Rx OAM Cells
AIS State
RDI State
Rx OAM Cells
AIS State
RDI State
: FALSE
: FALSE
: FALSE
: FALSE
1. OAM Loopback Test Screen
2. Clear Current PVC OAM Stats
3. Clear All PVC OAM Stats
Selection :
'N' - Next PVC
'P' - Previous PVC
'S' - Select PVC
Figure 5-15. Current ATM OAM Statistics Menu
Table 5-11. Current ATM OAM Statistics Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
OAM Loopback Test Screen
2
3
Clear Current PVC OAM Stats
Clear All PVC OAM Stats
This option clears the currently displayed PVC OAM
statistics.
This option clears all PVCs OAM statistics.
5-26
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-12. Current ATM OAM Statistics Menu Fields
Field
Description
Endpoint 1
Rx OAM Cells
This field displays the total number of received OAM cells for
Endpoint 1.
AIS State
RDI State
This field indicates if the Endpoint is in AIS state (True) or not
(False).
This field indicates if the Endpoint is in the RDI state (True) or
not (False).
Endpoint 2
Rx OAM Cells
This field displays the total number of received OAM cells for
Endpoint 2.
AIS State
RDI State
This field indicates if the Endpoint is in AIS state (True) or not
(False).
This field indicates if the Endpoint is in the RDI state (True) or
not (False).
61179641AL1-5C
5-27
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
OAM Loopback Test Menu
OAM Loopback Test
mation for each ATM circuit.
TID: TA1248 Total Access 1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
OAM Loopback Test
Endpoint 1
Port VPI VCI
Endpoint 2
Port VPI VCI
Modem Status
Down
0
35
1000
1
0
35
Endpoint 1 (Net --> Cust)
Endpoint 2 (Net <-- Cust)
Tx Loopback Request
Rx Loopback Request
: 0
: 0
Tx Loopback Request
Rx Loopback Request
: 0
: 0
Tx Loopback Response : 0
Rx Loopback Response : 0
Tx Loopback Response : 0
Rx Loopback Response : 0
Loopback Passed
Loopback Failed
: 0
: 0
Loopback Passed
Loopback Failed
: 0
: 0
1. Endpoint 1 Remote OAM Loopback Location ID : FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
2. Endpoint 2 Remote OAM Loopback Location ID : FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
3. Type of OAM Loopback Cell
: Segment
4. Send from Endpoint 1 to Network
5. Send from Endpoint 2 to Customer
6. Reset Loopback Statistics
Selection :
Figure 5-16. OAM Loopback Test Menu
Table 5-13. OAM Loopback Test Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Endpoint 1 Remote OAM
Loopback Location ID
This option is used to enter the Endpoint 1 remote
loopback location ID. The remote loopback location ID is
in hexadecimal 16 byte format.
2
3
Endpoint 2 Remote OAM
Loopback Location ID
This option is used to enter the Endpoint 2 remote
loopback location ID. The remote loopback location ID is
in hexadecimal 16 byte format.
Type of OAM Loopback Cell
This option is used to specify the type of OAM Loopback
cell. Options include the following:
• Segment
• End-to-End
5-28
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-13. OAM Loopback Test Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
4
Send from Endpoint 1 to
Network
This option is used to initiate a loopback from Endpoint
1 to the network.
5
6
Send from Endpoint 2 to
Customer
This option is used to initiate a loopback from Endpoint
2 to the customer.
Reset Loopback Statistics
This option clears the loopback statistics for this circuit.
Table 5-14. OAM Loopback Test Menu Fields
Field
Description
Endpoint 1
Port
This field displays the physical port.
VPI
This field displays the VPI for Endpoint 1.
This field displays the VCI for Endpoint 1.
VCI
Endpoint 2
Port
This field displays the physical port.
VPI
This field displays the VPI for Endpoint 2.
This field displays the VCI for Endpoint 2.
VCI
Endpoint 1 (Net --> Cust)
Tx Loopback Request
This field displays the total number of transmitted loopback
requests.
Rx Loopback Request
Tx Loopback Response
Rx Loopback Response
Loopback Passed
This field displays the total number of received loopback
requests.
This field displays the total number of transmitted loopback
responses.
This field displays the total number of received loopback
responses.
This field displays the total number of loopback request that
passed.
Loopback Failed
This field displays the total number of loopback request that
failed.
Endpoint 2 (Net <-- Cust)
Tx Loopback Request
This field displays the total number of transmitted loopback
requests.
Rx Loopback Request
This field displays the total number of received loopback
requests.
61179641AL1-5C
5-29
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-14. OAM Loopback Test Menu Fields (Continued)
Field
Description
Tx Loopback Response
This field displays the total number of transmitted loopback
responses.
Rx Loopback Response
Loopback Passed
Loopback Failed
This field displays the total number of received loopback
responses.
This field displays the total number of loopback request that
passed.
This field displays the total number of loopback request that
failed.
Modem Status
This field displays the modem status.
5-30
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Current ATM PVC Performance Menu
Current ATM PVC Performance
information for each ATM circuit.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Current ATM PVC Performance
Endpoint 1
Port VPI VCI
Endpoint 2
Port VPI VCI
Modem Status
Down
0
35
1000
1
0
35
Endpoint 1 (Net --> Cust)
Tx Cells : 0
Endpoint 2 (Net <-- Cust)
Tx Cells : 0
Discarded Queue Full : 0
Cells/Sec (Last Sec) : 0
Cells/Sec (60 Sec Avg): 0
Discarded Queue Full : 0
Cells/Sec (Last Sec) : 0
Cells/Sec (60 Sec Avg): 0
1. Clear Current PVC PM
2. Clear All PVC PM
Selection :
'N' - Next PVC
'P' - Previous PVC
'S' - Select PVC
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-17. Current ATM PVC Performance Menu
Table 5-15. Current ATM PVC Performance Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Clear Current PVC PM
This option clears the currently displayed PVC
performance monitoring statistics.
2
Clear All PVC PM
This option clears all the PVCs performance monitoring
statistics.
61179641AL1-5C
5-31
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-16. Current ATM Port Performance Menu Fields
Field
Description
Endpoint 1 (Net --> Cust)
Tx Cells
This field displays the total number of transmit cells for
Endpoint 1 for the current performance period.
Discarded Queue Full
Cells/Sec (Last Sec)
Cells/Sec (60 Sec Avg)
This field displays the number of cells discarded for Endpoint 1
because of a full queue.
This field displays the number of cells transmitted per second
for Endpoint 1.
This field displays the average number of cells transmitted every
60 seconds for Endpoint 1.
Endpoint 2 (Net <-- Cust)
Tx Cells
This field displays the total number of received cells for
Endpoint 2 for the current performance period.
Discarded Queue Full
Cells/Sec (Last Sec)
Cells/Sec (60 Sec Avg)
This field displays the number of cells discarded because of a
full queue.
This field displays the number of cells received per second for
Endpoint 2.
This field displays the average number of cells received every 60
seconds for Endpoint 2.
5-32
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
ATM Quick Provisioning Menu
ATM Quick Provisioning
based on reference circuits.
TID: TA1248
Total Access 1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
ATM Quick Provisioning
Endpoint 1
VPI
35
Endpoint 2
Port
Netw
VCI
1000
Port
1
VPI
0
VCI
35
Type
UBR
Pkt Discard
Enabled
PCR
Best Effort
1. Increment Endpoint 1 VPI?
2. Increment Endpoint 1 VCI?
3. Increment Endpoint 2 Port?
4. Increment Endpoint 2 VPI?
5. Increment Endpoint 2 VCI?
6. Number of Circuits to Create:
7. Create New ATM Circuits.
NO
YES
YES
NO
NO
47
Selection :
This screen allows quick creation of ATM circuits based on the reference circuit
above. All the highlighted attributes will increment by one 47 times.
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-18. ATM Quick Provisioning Menu
dependent on each other.
Table 5-17. ATM Quick Provisioning Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
2
3
Increment Endpoint 1 VPI
Increment Endpoint 1 VCI
Increment Endpoint 2 Port
This option increments the Endpoint 1 VPI value by one.
This option increments the Endpoint 1 VCI value by one.
This option increments the Endpoint 2 Port value by
one.
4
5
6
Increment Endpoint 2 VPI
Increment Endpoint 2 VCI
Number of Circuits to Create
This option increments the Endpoint 2 VPI value by one.
This option increments the Endpoint 2 VCI value by one.
This option is used to indicate the number of circuits to
be created.
7
Create New ATM Circuits
This option is used to create the new ATM circuit.
61179641AL1-5C
5-33
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Figure 5-19 shows the ATM PVC/PVP Management menu after creating new ATM circuits
Page 1 of 5
PVC/PVP Management - Shelf: Host PVCs: 48
Endpoint 1
Endpoint 2
Port VPI VCI
Circuit ID
Port VPI VCI
<->
1
Netw 35
Netw 35
Netw 35
Netw 35
Netw 35
Netw 35
Netw 35
Netw 35
Netw 35
Netw 35
Netw 35
Netw 35
1000
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
35
2
1001
1002
1003
1004
1005
1006
1007
1008
1009
1010
1011
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
11
12
10
11
12
Circuit ID:
Select:
Endpoint2 -> Endpoint1
Service PCR(0+1)
UBR Best Effort
Pkt Discard
Enabled
3
Endpoint 1: Port
0
VPI
35
VCI
1002
Endpoint 2:
Port
3
VPI
0
VCI
35
Enter # or arrow keys to pick circuit; space bar for choices or c,d,m,n,o,p,v,q
Figure 5-19. ATM PVC/PVP Management Menu with 48 PVCs
5-34
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
ATM Traffic Parameter Defaults Screen
ATM Traffic Parameter Defaults
the ATM circuits. Traffic parameters represent priorities given to ATM cell transmissions.
Once traffic parameters are set from this screen, all PVC/PVPs provisioned from that point
forward will use these parameter defaults.
TID: TA1248
Total Access 1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
ATM Traffic Parameter Defaults
Endpoint 2 -> Endpoint 1
Traffic Type
UBR
CBR
PCR(0+1)
Best Effort
SCR(0+1)
MCR(0+1)
N/A
N/A
MBS(0+1)
N/A
N/A
0
N/A
N/A
0
0
0
0
VBR-rt
VBR-nrt
N/A
N/A
0
0
Traffic Type
UBR
CBR
Pkt Discard
Enabled
Enabled
VBR-rt
VBR-nrt
Enabled
Enabled
Note: This screen allows modification of the DEFAULT traffic parameter settings,
which can be overridden on a per PVC/PVP basis in the PVC/PVP Management menu.
Figure 5-20. ATM Traffic Parameter Defaults Screen
Table 5-18. ATM Parameters Defaults Screen Traffic Types
Traffic Type
Definition
PCR
The Peak Cell Rate designates an upper limit that the traffic
information rate cannot exceed.
SCR
MCR
MBS
The Sustainable Cell Rate specifies the average traffic rate that
is transmitted and received.
The Minimum Cell Rate designates a minimum limit that the
traffic information rate cannot fall below.
The Maximum Burst Size specifies the maximum number of
cells per second (CPS) that can be transmitted at the PCR.
61179641AL1-5C
5-35
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Restore ATM Factory Defaults Menu
Restore ATM Factory Defaults
The Total Access 1248 provisioning system provides the ability to restore the ATM parameters
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Restore ATM Factory Defaults
WARNING! THIS IS SERVICE AFFECTING!
This is for defaulting the ATM parameters only. This
will delete all of the selected PVCs and reset the
traffic descriptors to their default values.
1. Delete All PVCs and Restore Default Settings
2. Delete Host PVCs
3. Delete Client 1 PVCs
4. Delete Client 2 PVCs
5. Delete Client 3 PVCs
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-21. Restore ATM Factory Defaults Menu
CAUTION
This action is service affecting. All traffic descriptors and PVCs are
removed.
5-36
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-19. Restore ATM Factory Defaults Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Delete All PVCs and Restore
Default Settings
This option deletes all PVCs and restores ATM factory
defaults without additional prompting.
2
3
4
5
Delete Host PVCs
This option deletes Host PVCs without additional
prompting.
Delete Client 1 PVCs
Delete Client 2 PVCs
Delete Client 3 PVCs
This option deletes Client 1 PVCs without additional
prompting, if enabled.
This option deletes Client 2 PVCs without additional
prompting, if enabled.
This option deletes Client 3 PVCs without additional
prompting, if enabled.
61179641AL1-5C
5-37
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
ATM Performance Monitoring Mode Menu
ATM Performance Monitoring Mode
NOTE
or client unit must be chosen in order to access the ATM
Performance Monitoring Mode menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Select Shelf
1. Host
2. Client 1 (configured)
3. Client 2 (configured)
4. Client 3 (configured)
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-22. Select Shelf Menu
The Total Access 1248 tracks performance statistics for ATM ports via the ATM Performance
5-38
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
ATM Performance Monitoring Mode
Port: Network
1. Change ATM Port Number
2. ATM Performance Data
Network
3. ATM Port Cell Count Summary
4. Clear All PM for All Ports
Selection :
This screen allows you to view the ATM stats for a particular port.
Enter 0 for the network port or 1 - 48 for the customer ports.
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-23. ATM Performance Monitoring Mode Menu
Table 5-20. ATM Performance Monitoring Mode Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Change ATM Port Number
This option is used to change the ATM port number
without additional prompting. The current port number
is displayed above the menu items on the ATM
Performance Monitoring Mode menu.
2
3
4
ATM Performance Data
This option displays the “ATM Performance Monitoring
ATM Port Cell Count
Summary
This option displays the “ATM Port Cell Count Summary
Clear All PM for All Ports
This option displays the “Clear All PM for All Ports
61179641AL1-5C
5-39
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
ATM Performance Monitoring Status Screen
ATM Performance Monitoring Status
mance for the port selected. This menu lists the cell transmitted to the Network, cells trans-
mitted to the customer, discarded cells, and the HEC Error count for the selected performance
period.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
ATM Performance Monitoring Status
Shelf: HOST Port: Network
TX (to net) TX (to cust) Discarded Cells HEC Error Cnt
24 Hr - Current
MM/DD
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Avg CPS (60s)
Current CPS
0
0
0
0
15 Min - Current
16:15
16:00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
14:30
B - Backward(2hrs/15min PM)
S - Select Port
P - Previous Port
N - Next Port
'?' - System Help Screen
C - Clear PM Status
Figure 5-24. ATM Performance Monitoring Status Screen
Table 5-21. ATM Performance Monitoring Status Screen Fields
Field
Description
Port
This field displays the port number for the cell count summary.
TX (to net)
This field displays the number of cells transmitted to the
network.
RX (to cust)
This field displays the number of cells received from the
network and transmitted to the customer.
Discarded Cells
HEC Error Cnt
This field displays the number of discarded cells.
This field displays the HEC errors, which are Cyclical
Redundancy Check (CRC) errors in the last byte of the ATM cell
header used for checking integrity.
5-40
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-22. ATM Performance Monitoring Status Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
B
C
F
Backward (2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the last 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
Clear PM Status
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring
statistics.
Forward (2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the next 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
P
N
S
Previous Port
Next Port
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
Select Port
61179641AL1-5C
5-41
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
ATM Port Cell Count Summary Screen
ATM Port Cell Count Summary
for all ports simultaneously.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
ATM Port Cell Count Summary
Port
1
Tx
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rx
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Disc.
Port
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
Tx
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rx
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Disc.
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
NOTE: Tx is to network, Rx is to customer, Disc. is discarded cells
Highlighted Port indicates the ADSL loop is trained.
'N' - Next Page
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-25. ATM Port Cell Count Summary Screen
Table 5-23. ATM Port Cell Count Summary Screen Fields
Field
Port
Tx
Description
This field displays the port number for the cell count summary.
This field displays the number of cells transmitted to the
network.
Rx
This field displays the number of cells received from the
network and transmitted to the customer.
Disc.
This field displays the number of discarded cells.
5-42
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Clear All PM for All Ports Menu
Clear All PM for All Ports
The Clear All PM for All Ports option is selected from the ATM Performance Monitoring Mode
Menu.
Table 5-24. Clear All PM for All Ports Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Yes
This option clears the performance monitoring data for
all of the ports.
2
No
This option returns the display to the “ATM Performance
the performance monitoring data.
61179641AL1-5C
5-43
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
ATM OAM Settings Menu
ATM OAM Settings
OAM settings and to test the Inband channel PVC for an ATM fed system.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
ATM OAM Settings
1. DSLAM OAM Loopback Location ID : FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
2. DSLAM OAM State
3. Inband OAM Loopback Test
: Disabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-26. ATM OAM Settings Menu
Table 5-25. ATM OAM Settings Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
DSLAM OAM Loopback
Location ID
This is option is used to enter the loopback location ID
for the Total Access 1248. The remote loopback location
ID is in hexadecimal 16 byte format.
2
3
DSLAM OAM State
This option is used to toggle the Total Access 1248 OAM
state between Disabled and Enabled.
Inband OAM Loopback Test
This option displays the “Inband OAM Loopback Test
5-44
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Inband OAM Loopback Test Menu
Inband OAM Loopback Test
1248 OAM Loopback settings and to test the Inband channel PVC for an ATM fed box.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Inband OAM Loopback Test
Port VPI VCI
0
0
32
Tx Loopback Request
Rx Loopback Request
: 0
: 0
Rx OAM Cells : 0
AIS State
RDI State
: FALSE
: FALSE
Tx Loopback Response : 0
Rx Loopback Response : 0
Loopback Passed
Loopback Failed
: 0
: 0
1. Remote OAM Loopback Location ID : FFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFFF
: Segment
2. Type of OAM Loopback Cell
3. Send Loopback Cell
4. Reset Loopback Statistics
5. Reset All Statistics
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-27. Inband OAM Loopback Test Menu
Table 5-26. Inband OAM Loopback Test Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Remote OAM Loopback
Location ID
This is option is used to enter the remote loopback
location ID. The remote loopback location ID is in
hexadecimal 16 byte format.
2
Type of OAM Loopback Cell
This option is used to specify the type of OAM Loopback
cell. Options include the following:
• Segment
• End-to-End
3
4
Send Loopback Cell
This option is used to send a loopback cell.
Reset Loopback Statistics
This option clears the OAM loopback statistics for this
circuit.
5
Reset All Statistics
This option clears all OAM loopback statistics.
61179641AL1-5C
5-45
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-27. Inband OAM Loopback Test Menu Fields
Field
Description
Port
This field displays the physical port.
This field displays the VPI for the circuit.
This field displays the VCI for the circuit.
VPI
VCI
Tx Loopback Request
This field displays the total number of transmitted loopback
requests.
Rx Loopback Request
Tx Loopback Response
Rx Loopback Response
Loopback Passed
This field displays the total number of received loopback
requests.
This field displays the total number of transmitted loopback
responses.
This field displays the total number of received loopback
responses.
This field displays the total number of loopback request that
passed.
Loopback Failed
This field displays the total number of loopback request that
failed.
Rx OAM Cells
AIS State
This field displays the total number of received OAM cells.
This field indicates if the Endpoint is in AIS state (True) or not
(False).
RDI State
This field indicates if the Endpoint is in the RDI state (True) or
not (False).
5-46
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
System Management Menu
System Management
Main Menu\System Management\
following subsections describe these settings in detail.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
System Management
1. Password Control
2. IP Address
3. Test IP Address
4. Time/Date
5. Baud Rate
6. TFTP Configuration Upload/Download
7. SNMP/TL1
8. Download New Code
9. Restore Factory Defaults
10. Reset System
11. Self Test Results
12. External Alarms
13. Expansion Menu
14. Modem Configuration
System Uptime: 2 hrs 33 mins 44 secs
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-28. System Management Menu
Table 5-28. System Management Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Password Control
2
3
4
5
6
IP Address
This option displays the “Mode Selection and Current IP
Test IP Address
Time/Date
Baud Rate
TFTP Configuration Upload/
Download
This option displays the “TFTP Configuration Storage/
61179641AL1-5C
5-47
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-28. System Management Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
7
SNMP/TL1
This option displays the “SNMP/TL1 Configuration
8
9
Download New Code
Restore Factory Defaults
Reset System
This option displays the “Code Download Method Menu”
This option displays the “Restore Factory Defaults
10
11
12
Self Test Results
External Alarms
13
14
Expansion Menu
Modem Configuration
System Uptime
90.
This option displays the “Modem Configuration Menu”
N/A
This field displays the length of time the Total Access
1248 system has been running. Each time the system is
reset, this value resets to 0 days, 0 hours, 0 minutes,
and 0 seconds.
5-48
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Password Control Menu
Password Control
times, and restore default passwords. The system provides up to eleven user accounts.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Password Control
1. Set Passwords
None Configured
Disabled
2. Allow SNMP security management
3. Set Menus Idle Logout Time
4. Set TL1 Menus Idle Logout Time
10 minutes
30 minutes
5. Set TL1 Inband Idle Logout Time 120 minutes
6. Restore Default Passwords
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-29. Password Control Menu
Table 5-29. Password Control Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Set Passwords
This option displays the “Password Control Levels
2
3
4
5
6
Allow SNMP Security
Management
This option displays the “Allow SNMP Security
Set Menus Idle Logout Time
This option displays the “Set Menus Idle Logout Time”
Set TL1 Menus Idle Logout
Time
This option displays the “Set TL1 Menus Idle Logout
Set TL1 Inband Idle Logout
Time
This option displays the “Set TL1 Inband Idle Logout
Restore Default Passwords
61179641AL1-5C
5-49
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Password Control Levels Screen
Password Control Levels
associated passwords that access the system.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Password Control Levels
Access Level
Read Only
Username
READONLY
READWRITE
ADMIN
Password
Status
Active-Default
Active-Default
System Administrator Active-Default
Technician
Read Only
Read Only
Read Only
Read Only
Read Only
Read Only
Read Only
Read Only
Active
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Inactive
Press space bar to change Status
Figure 5-30. Password Control Levels Screen
Table 5-30. Password Control Levels for Default Usernames
Username
ADMIN
Access Level
System Administrator
Technician
Control Level
Read/Write and password control
Read/Write
READWRITE
READONLY
Read only
Read only
To set or change a username or password, perform the following steps:
1. Navigate to a Username field with the arrow keys.
The Username field displays in reverse video.
2. Press the spacebar to open the field, type a username, and press ENTER.
3. Press the TAB key to navigate to the Password field.
The Password field displays in reverse video.
4. Press the spacebar to open the field, type a password, and press ENTER.
5-50
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
5. Enter the password again when prompted to verify, and press ENTER.
6. Press the TAB key to navigate to the Access Level field.
The Access Level field displays in reverse video.
7. Press the spacebar to change the access level, and press ENTER.
8. Press the TAB key to navigate to the Status field.
The Status field displays in reverse video.
9. Press the spacebar to change the status, and press ENTER.
Allow SNMP Security Management
Allow SNMP Security Management
The Allow SNMP Security Management option can be toggled to either Enabled or Disabled.
Set Menus Idle Logout Time
Set Menus Idle Logout Time
The Set Menus Idle Logout Time option can be set between 1 and 60 minutes.
Set TL1 Menus Idle Logout Time
Set TL1 Menus Idle Logout Time
The Set TL1 Menus Idle Logout Time option can be set between 1 and 120 minutes.
Set TL1 Inband Idle Logout Time
Set TL1 Inband Idle Logout Time
The Set TL1 Inband Idle Logout Time option can be set between 1 and 120 minutes.
Restore Default Passwords
Restore Default Passwords
The Restore Default Passwords option is used to restore all passwords to the default settings.
CAUTION
When the Restore Default Passwords option is selected, the pass-
word controls automatically restore to the default setting without
additional prompting.
61179641AL1-5C
5-51
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Mode Selection and Current IP Settings Menu
Mode Selection and Current IP Settings
To remotely manage the Total Access 1248 system, the IP settings must be configured using
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Mode Selection and Current IP Settings
1. IP Feed
2. Mode
3. Configure IP
RFC1483 Routed
Static
IP address
Subnet mask
192.168.1.1
255.255.255.0
192.168.1.254
Not Configured
00-a0-c8-12-6d-f9
2015/1247
Default Gateway
TFTP IP address
MAC Address
Rx/Tx Packets
Rx/Tx Cells
Inband PVC Rx OAM Cells
5162/6192
0
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-31. Mode Selection and Current IP Settings Menu
5-52
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-31. Mode Selection and Current IP Settings Menu Items
Option
Description
Function
1
IP Feed
This option provides 3 choices for the selection of IP
Feed type:
• RFC1483 Routed Encapsulation
• IP over Ethernet
• RFC1483 Bridged Encapsulation
The VPI and VCI of the ATM circuit must be assigned by
configuring the IP settings.
2
Mode
This option is used to select either Static or Dynamic.
• In Static Mode, the IP address, Subnet mask, and
Default Gateway are configured manually for
inband management of the device.
• In Dynamic Mode, the Total Access 1248 acts as a
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) client
and a DHCP server is required upstream from the
device to configure the IP settings.
When a DHCP server is properly configured, the
Total Access 1248 system obtains the IP address,
Subnet mask, and Default Gateway from the server
and applies these settings to the device.
3
Configure IP
Depending on the setting of the IP Feed and Mode
options, the Configure IP option displays one of the
following menus:
NOTE
The Media Access Control (MAC) address, which is set at the
factory, is required to configure the DHCP server.
61179641AL1-5C
5-53
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Static IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu
Static IP Settings for IP over ATM
-
Main Menu\System Management\Mode Selection and Current IP Settings\Static IP Settings - for IP over ATM\
all of the IP settings.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Static IP Settings - for IP over ATM
1. IP address
2. Subnet mask
3. VPI/VCI
192.168.1.1
255.255.255.0
0/32
3000
4. PCR
5. Default Gateway 192.168.1.254
6. TFTP IP address Not Configured
7. TL1 Port Number(set >1023) 13001
8. TL1 IP Transport type
9. Reset IP Factory Defaults
MAC Address
TCP
00-a0-c8-12-6d-f9
Encapsulation is via rfc1483 SNAP
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-32. Static IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu
Table 5-32. Static IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
IP address
This option is used to configure the IP address in
decimal dot format (i.e., ###.###.###.###).
2
3
Subnet mask
VPI/VCI
This option is used to configure the subnet mask in
decimal dot format.
This option is used to configure the VPI/VCI setting. The
VPI and VCI are used to identify the next destination of a
cell as it passes through a series of ATM switches.
The VPI/VCI must also be provisioned at the upstream
ATM device.
4
PCR
This option is used to configure the Peak Cell Rate
(PCR). The PCR is the maximum number of cells per
second that the ATM can transmit. The PCR default is
3000. Valid values range from 0 to 14488.
5-54
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-32. Static IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
5
Default Gateway
This option is used to configure the Default Gateway.
The Default Gateway is used to forward traffic to a
destination outside of the subnet of the Total Access
1248. The Default Gateway is configured in decimal dot
format.
6
7
8
TFTP IP address
This option is used to configure the TFTP IP address.
The TFTP IP Address must be configured to use TFTP for
software upgrade. The TFTP address is configured in
decimal dot format.
TL1 Port Number (set >1023)
TL1 IP Transport type
This field is used to configure the Transaction Language
1 Port Number. The default TL1 Port Number is 13001,
however, it can be modified to any number greater than
1023.
This option is used to configure the TL1 IP Transport
Type. Each time the TL1 IP Transport type option is
selected, the setting is toggled between User Datagram
Protocol (UDP) and Transmission Control Protocol (TCP).
The default is TCP.
9
Reset IP Factory Defaults
This option displays the “Restore IP Factory Defaults
NOTE
The Media Access Control (MAC) address is set at the factory.
61179641AL1-5C
5-55
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu
Restore IP Factory Defaults
Main Menu\System Management\Mode Selection and Current IP Settings\Static IP Settings - for IP over ATM\Restore IP Factory
Defaults\
factory defaults.
CAUTION
If Restore IP Factory Defaults is selected remotely, IP connectivity
is lost.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Restore IP Factory Defaults
1. Yes - Service Affecting
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-33. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu
Table 5-33. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu Option
Option
Definition
Function
1
Yes - Service Affecting
This option restores all options to the IP factory default
settings.
5-56
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu
Dynamic IP Settings for IP over ATM
-
Main Menu\System Management\Mode Selection and Current IP Settings\Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over ATM\
the IP settings. When the Mode option is set to Dynamic, the Total Access 1248 system
automatically retrieves the IP address, Subnet mask, and Default Gateway from the remote
DHCP server. The remaining menu items can be provisioned manually.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over ATM
IP address
Subnet mask
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
3. VPI/VCI
4. PCR
Default Gateway
6. TFTP IP address
0/32
3000
Not Configured
Not Configured
7. TL1 Port Number(set >1023) 13001
8. TL1 IP Transport type
9. Reset IP Factory Defaults
MAC Address
TCP
00-a0-c8-12-6d-f9
Encapsulation is via rfc1483 SNAP
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-34. Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu
61179641AL1-5C
5-57
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-34. Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over ATM Menu Items
Option
Description
Function
N/A
IP address
This option cannot be changed. The IP address is
automatically retrieved from the DHCP server.
N/A
3
Subnet mask
VPI/VCI
This option cannot be changed. The Subnet mask is
automatically retrieved from the DHCP server.
This option is used to configure the VPI/VCI setting. The
VPI and VCI are used to identify the next destination of a
cell as it passes through a series of ATM switches.
The VPI/VCI must also be provisioned at the upstream
ATM device.
4
PCR
This option is used to configure the Peak Cell Rate
(PCR). The PCR is the maximum number of cells per
second that the ATM can transmit. The PCR default is
3000. Valid values range from 0 to 14488.
N/A
6
Default Gateway
TFTP IP address
This option cannot be changed. The Default Gateway is
automatically retrieved from the DHCP server.
This option is used to configure the TFTP IP address.
The TFTP IP Address must be configured to use TFTP for
software upgrade. The TFTP address is configured in
decimal dot format.
7
8
TL1 Port Number (set >1023)
TL1 IP Transport type
This field is used to configure the Transaction Language
1 Port Number. The default TL1 Port Number is 13001,
however, it can be modified to any number greater than
1023.
This option is used to configure the TL1 IP Transport
Type. Each time the TL1 IP Transport type option is
selected, the setting is toggled between User Datagram
Protocol (UDP) and Transmission Control Protocol (TCP).
The default is TCP.
9
Reset IP Factory Defaults
This option displays the “Restore IP Factory Defaults
NOTE
The Media Access Control (MAC) address is set at the factory.
5-58
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu
Restore IP Factory Defaults
Main Menu\System Management\Mode Selection and Current IP Settings\Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over ATM\Restore IP Factory
Defaults
defaults.
CAUTION
If Restore IP Factory Defaults is selected remotely, IP connectivity
is lost.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Restore IP Factory Defaults
1. Yes - Service Affecting
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-35. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu
Table 5-35. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu Option
Option
Definition
Function
1
Yes - Service Affecting
This option restores all options to the IP factory default
settings.
61179641AL1-5C
5-59
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Static IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu
Static IP Settings for IP over Ethernet
-
Main Menu\System Management\Mode Selection and Current IP Settings\Static IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet\
provision all of the IP settings.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Static IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet
1. IP address
2. Subnet mask
192.168.1.1
255.255.255.0
192.168.1.254
Not Configured
3. Default Gateway
4. TFTP IP address
5. TL1 Port Number(set >1023) 13001
6. TL1 IP Transport type
7. Reset IP Factory Defaults
MAC Address
TCP
00-a0-c8-12-6d-f9
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-36. Static IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu
5-60
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-36. Static IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
IP address
This option is used to configure the IP address in
decimal dot format (i.e., ###.###.###.###).
2
3
Subnet mask
This option is used to configure the subnet mask in
decimal dot format.
Default Gateway
This option is used to configure the Default Gateway.
The Default Gateway is used to forward traffic to a
destination outside of the subnet of the Total Access
1248. The Default Gateway is configured in decimal dot
format.
4
5
6
TFTP IP address
This option is used to configure the TFTP IP address.
The TFTP IP Address must be configured to use TFTP for
software upgrade. The TFTP address is configured in
decimal dot format.
TL1 Port Number (set >1023)
TL1 IP Transport type
This field is used to configure the Transaction Language
1 Port Number. The default TL1 Port Number is 13001,
however, it can be modified to any number greater than
1023.
This option is used to configure the TL1 IP Transport
Type. Each time the TL1 IP Transport type option is
selected, the setting is toggled between User Datagram
Protocol (UDP) and Transmission Control Protocol (TCP).
The default is TCP.
7
Reset IP Factory Defaults
This option displays the “Restore IP Factory Defaults
NOTE
The Media Access Control (MAC) address is set at the factory.
61179641AL1-5C
5-61
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu
Restore IP Factory Defaults
Main Menu\System Management\Mode Selection and Current IP Settings\Static IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet\Restore IP
Factory Defaults\
factory defaults.
CAUTION
If Restore IP Factory Defaults is selected remotely, IP connectivity
is lost.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Restore IP Factory Defaults
1. Yes - Service Affecting
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-37. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu
Table 5-37. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu Option
Option
Definition
Function
1
Yes - Service Affecting
This option restores all options to the IP factory default
settings.
5-62
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu
Dynamic IP Settings for IP over Ethernet
-
Main Menu\System Management\Mode Selection and Current IP Settings\Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet\
some of the IP settings. When the Mode option is set to Dynamic, the Total Access 1248
system automatically retrieves the IP address, Subnet mask, and Default Gateway from the
remote DHCP server. The remaining menu items can be provisioned manually.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet
IP address
Subnet mask
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
Default Gateway Not Configured
4. TFTP IP address Not Configured
5. TL1 Port Number(set >1023) 13001
6. TL1 IP Transport type
7. Reset IP Factory Defaults
MAC Address
TCP
00-a0-c8-12-6d-f9
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-38. Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu
61179641AL1-5C
5-63
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-38. Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet Menu Items
Option
Description
Function
N/A
IP address
This option cannot be changed. The IP address is
automatically retrieved from the DHCP server.
N/A
N/A
4
Subnet mask
This option cannot be changed. The Subnet mask is
automatically retrieved from the DHCP server.
Default Gateway
TFTP IP address
This option cannot be changed. The Default Gateway is
automatically retrieved from the DHCP server.
This option is used to configure the TFTP IP address.
The TFTP IP Address must be configured to use TFTP for
software upgrade. The TFTP address is configured in
decimal dot format.
5
6
TL1 Port Number (set >1023)
TL1 IP Transport type
This field is used to configure the Transaction Language
1 Port Number. The default TL1 Port Number is 13001,
however, it can be modified to any number greater than
1023.
This option is used to configure the TL1 IP Transport
Type. Each time the TL1 IP Transport type option is
selected, the setting is toggled between User Datagram
Protocol (UDP) and Transmission Control Protocol (TCP).
The default is TCP.
7
Reset IP Factory Defaults
This option displays the “Restore IP Factory Defaults
NOTE
The Media Access Control (MAC) address is set at the factory.
5-64
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu
Restore IP Factory Defaults
Main Menu\System Management\Mode Selection and Current IP Settings\Dynamic IP Settings - for IP over Ethernet\Restore IP
Factory Defaults\
defaults.
CAUTION
If Restore IP Factory Defaults is selected remotely, IP connectivity
is lost.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Restore IP Factory Defaults
1. Yes - Service Affecting
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-39. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu
Table 5-39. Restore IP Factory Defaults Menu Option
Option
Definition
Function
1
Yes - Service Affecting
This option restores all options to the IP factory default
settings.
61179641AL1-5C
5-65
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Test IP Address Menu
Test IP Address
testing the IP configurations.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Test IP Address
1. IP Address Not configured
2. Ping Timeout 1 secs
3. Number of Pings 4 pings
4. Start Ping
5. Start Traceroute
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-40. Test IP Address Menu
Table 5-40. Test IP Address Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
IP Address
This option is used to set the IP address that is to be
tested.
2
3
Ping Timeout
This option is used to set the number of seconds that
should pass between pings.
Number of Pings
This option is used to set the number of pings that are to
be sent during testing of the IP address.
4
5
Start Ping
This option is used to initiate the ping test.
Start Traceroute
This option is used to display the route taken to reach
the IP address that is being tested.
5-66
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Time/Date Adjust Menu
Time/Date Adjust
time and date appear on most screens and is used for performance monitoring displays.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Time/Date Adjust
1. Adjust Time
2. Adjust Date
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-41. Time/Date Adjust Menu
Table 5-41. Time/Date Adjust Menu Options
Option
Description
Adjust Time
Adjust Date
Function
1
2
This option is used to set the time in a 24-hour format.
This option is used to set the date in MM/DD/YY format.
61179641AL1-5C
5-67
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Current Baud Rate Menu
Current Baud Rate
management port baud rate is 9600 bps.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Current Baud Rate: 38400
Baud Rate change is instantaneous, remember to adjust your terminal
1. 9600
2. 19200
3. 38400
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-42. Current Baud Rate Menu
Table 5-42. Current Baud Rate Menu Options
Option
Description
9600
Function
1
2
3
This option configures the baud rate to 9600 bps.
This option configures the baud rate to 19200 bps.
This option configures the baud rate to 38400 bps.
19200
38400
CAUTION
If the baud rate is changed, the rate changes immediately, and the
terminal emulation software must be updated to reflect the change.
5-68
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
TFTP Configuration Storage/Retrieval Screen
TFTP Configuration Storage/Retrieval
sioning information for the Total Access 1248 system to a remote TFTP server for possible
restoration at a later time. In addition to its obvious use for fast recovery of shelf provisioning
information, the TFTP Configuration Storage/Retrieval screen can be used to “clone” baseline
system configurations to new installations so that only a few system-specific provisioning
options need to be altered.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
TFTP Configuration Storage/Retrieval
TFTP Server: 100.100.100.100
TFTP Function: Retrieve
TFTP Filename:
Error Status:
Update Progress:
Press Space bar to enter TFTP address
Figure 5-43. TFTP Configuration Storage/Retrieval Screen
61179641AL1-5C
5-69
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-43. TFTP Configuration Storage/Retrieval Screen Fields
Field
Description
TFTP Server
TFTP Function
Press the spacebar to enter the TFTP address.
This field is used to select the configuration function to perform
via TFTP. Options include the following:
• Retrieve - Restores the units provisioning information
based on the information contained in the specified TFTP
filename on the TFTP server.
• Store - Stores the units provisioning information contained
in the specified TFTP filename to a remote TFTP server.
Press the spacebar to select the configuration function to
perform.
TFTP Filename
Error Status
This field is used to enter the filename to download from/to the
server via TFTP. The filename must end with a .cfg extension.
Press the spacebar to enter the filename.
This field displays the status of the TFTP download. The Error
Status messages are as follows:
• File Not Found: This status indicates that the TFTP
network server was unable to locate the specified file name
or path in the TFTP Server Filename field.
• Access Violation: This status indicates that the TFTP
network server denied Total Access 1248 access to the
given update filename and path. Please verify appropriate
user rights are selected for the specified path.
Update Progress
This field displays the progress of the TFTP download. Progress
messages are as follows:
• Contacting Server: This message indicates that an attempt
to establish communication with the TFTP network server
specified by the server address in the TFTP Server IP
Address field is in progress.
• Beginning TFTP Transfer: This message indicates that
communication with the TFTP network server has been
established and the update file is being transferred
between TFTP network server and the Total Access 1248.
• Completed: This message indicates that the Total Access
1248 successfully received the update file.
NOTE
For alternate methods to store or retrieve the Total Access 1248
System Configuration Archive (SCA) file see “SNMP/TFTP and TL1
5-70
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
SNMP/TL1 Configuration Menu
SNMP/TL1 Configuration
is used to provision contact information, community names, trap hosts, and the traps enabled
option, which provide control to manage SNMP remote access to the system through inband
management. The TL1 Target ID (TID) is also set from the SNMP/TL1 Configuration menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
SNMP/TL1 Configuration
1. Contact Information
2. Community Names
3. Trap Hosts
4. Traps Enabled
5. TL1 Target ID TA1248
Yes
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-44. SNMP Configuration Menu
Table 5-44. SNMP/TL1 Configuration Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Contact Information
This option displays the “SNMP Contact Information
2
3
4
5
Community Names
Trap Hosts
This option displays the “SNMP Community Names
Traps Enabled
TL1 Target ID
This option is used to toggle between Yes and No to
enable or disable the traps.
This option is used to set the TID. The TID is required to
use TL1.
61179641AL1-5C
5-71
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
SNMP Contact Information Menu
SNMP Contact Information
be customized to reflect any contact, name, and location.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
SNMP Contact Information
1. Contact
2. Name
3. Location
ADTRAN, Inc. (256)963-8000
TA1248
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-45. SNMP Contact Information Menu
Table 5-45. SNMP Contact Information Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Contact
This option is used to set the name, phone number, or e-
mail address of a person responsible for the SNMP. Up
to 55 alphanumeric characters can be entered in this
field, including spaces and special characters (such as
an underscore).
2
3
Name
This option is used to set a name for the Total Access
1248. This names is used to distinguish the Total Access
1248 among different installations. Up to 55
alphanumeric characters can be entered in this field,
including spaces and special characters (such as an
underscore).
Location
This option is used to identify the physical location of
the unit. Up to 55 alphanumeric characters can be
entered in this field, including spaces and special
characters (such as an underscore).
5-72
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
SNMP Community Names Menu
SNMP Community Names
accounts which specify unique IP addresses and privileges for network management. To
restrict SNMP remote access to a single IP Address, assign the IP Address to a community. An
IP Address of 0.0.0.0 allows access from all IP Addresses.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
SNMP Community Names
Set Name to 0 to delete Community
1. Name
2. IP Address
3. Privileges
4. Name
private
0.0.0.0
Read/Write
public
0.0.0.0
5. IP Address
6. Privileges
Read
Not Configured
0.0.0.0
7. Name
8. IP Address
9. Privileges
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-46. SNMP Community Names Menu
Table 5-46. SNMP Community Names Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Name
This option is used to configure the first SNMP
community. Settings include private and public.
2
3
4
IP Address
Privileges
Name
This option is used to configure the first SNMP
community IP address in decimal dot format (i.e.,
###.###.###.###).
This option is used to configure the first SNMP
community privilege level. Options include Read/Write
and Read.
This option is used to configure the second SNMP
community. Settings include private and public.
61179641AL1-5C
5-73
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-46. SNMP Community Names Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
5
IP Address
This option is used to configure the second SNMP
community IP address in decimal dot format (i.e.,
###.###.###.###).
6
Privileges
This option is used to configure the second SNMP
community privilege level. Options include Read/Write
and Read.
7
8
Name
This option is used to configure the third SNMP
community. Settings include private and public.
IP Address
This option is used to configure the third SNMP
community IP address in decimal dot format (i.e.,
###.###.###.###).
9
Privileges
This option is used to configure the third SNMP
community privilege level. Options include Read/Write
and Read.
5-74
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
SNMP Trap Hosts Menu
SNMP Trap Hosts
nations) and SNMP versions for notification of a trap. A trap is an automatic alert, or notifi-
cation, sent to an IP Address. The Total Access 1248 system forwards SNMP traps to all
configured hosts as the traps occur.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
SNMP Trap Hosts
Set IP address to enter Trap Host. Set IP address to D to delete Trap Host
1. IP Address
2. Version
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
0.0.0.0
162
3. IP Address
4. Version
5. IP Address
6. Version
7. Trap Port
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-47. SNMP Trap Hosts Menu
Table 5-47. SNMP Trap Hosts Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
IP Address
This option is used to configure the first SNMP trap host
IP address in decimal dot format (i.e., ###.###.###.###).
2
3
Version
This option is used to configure the SNMP version for the
first SNMP trap host. Options include the following:
• SNMPv1
• SNMPv2
IP Address
This option is used to configure the second SNMP trap
host IP address in decimal dot format (i.e.,
###.###.###.###).
61179641AL1-5C
5-75
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-47. SNMP Trap Hosts Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
4
Version
This option is used to configure the SNMP version for the
second SNMP trap host. Options include the following:
• SNMPv1
• SNMPv2
5
6
IP Address
Version
This option is used to configure the third SNMP trap
host IP address in decimal dot format (i.e.,
###.###.###.###).
This option is used to configure the SNMP version for the
third SNMP trap host. Options include the following:
• SNMPv1
• SNMPv2
7
Trap Port
This option is used to configure the SNMP trap port. The
trap port is defaulted to port 162.
NOTE
The SNMP version should match the agent used for SNMP on the
network management side.
5-76
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Code Download Method Menu
Code Download Method
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Code Download Method
1. Y-Modem (Craft Port)
2. TFTP
3. Auto Firmware Upgrade Provisioning
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-48. Code Download Method Menu
Table 5-48. Code Download Method Menu Options
Option
Description
Y-Modem
TFTP
Function
1
2
3
Auto Firmware Upgrade
Provisioning
This option displays the “Auto Upgrade Configuration
CAUTION
Downloading new code is service affecting.
61179641AL1-5C
5-77
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
NOTE
The System Management menu TFTP IP address option must be
configured to use TFTP.
Y-Modem Menu
Y-Modem
Total Access 1248 through the craft port.
NOTE
To expedite the download time, change the baud rate to 38400 bps
prior to downloading code. For more information, refer to “Current
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
WARNING! THIS IS SERVICE AFFECTING!
Y-Modem is the file transfer protocol.
This function cannot be initiated via a telnet
connection (use TFTP instead).
1. Download Network Module Code
2. Exit
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-49. Y-Modem Menu
To download code via the Y-Modem menu, perform the following steps:
1. Access the system with System Administrator privileges using a terminal application that
allows file transfers, such as HyperTerminal.
2. From the Y-Modem menu, select Download Network Module Code, and press ENTER.
The Y-Modem receive utility begins.
3. If using HyperTerminal, select Transfer from the menu, and select Send File.
5-78
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
4. Browse to the file containing the code, select Ymodem for the drop-down menu, and select
SEND.
NOTE
The code begins transmitting from the terminal emulation package.
When the download is complete, the unit restarts automatically.
NOTE
If the download is cancelled due to inactivity, press ESC to return to
the Code Download Method menu and restart the procedure.
TFTP Download Screen
TFTP Download
to the Total Access 1248 through a TFTP server.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
TFTP Download
TFTP Server: 10.13.254.20
Get Code For: Host
TFTP Filename:
Error Status:
Update progress:
Press Space bar to enter TFTP address
Figure 5-50. TFTP Download Screen
61179641AL1-5C
5-79
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-49. TFTP Download Screen Fields
Field
Description
TFTP Server
This field displays the IP address of the TFTP server. The TFTP
IP address must be configured prior to attempting a TFTP
download.
Get Code For
This field displays the module that will be upgraded.
TFTP Filename
This field displays the TFTP filename that will be used to
upgrade the module shown in the Get Code For field. The TFTP
filename must be known and must match the part number.
Error Status
This field displays the status of the TFTP download. The Error
Status messages are as follows:
• File Not Found: This status indicates that the TFTP
network server was unable to locate the specified file name
or path in the TFTP Server Filename field.
• Access Violation: This status indicates that the TFTP
network server denied Total Access 1248 access to the
given update filename and path. Please verify appropriate
user rights are selected for the specified path.
Update Progress
This field displays the progress of the TFTP download. Progress
messages are as follows:
• Contacting Server: This message indicates that an attempt
to establish communication with the TFTP network server
specified by the server address in the TFTP Server IP
Address field is in progress.
• Beginning TFTP Transfer: This message indicates that
communication with the TFTP network server has been
established and the update file is being transferred between
TFTP network server and the Total Access 1248.
• Completed: This message indicates that the Total Access
1248 successfully received the update file.
5-80
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status Menu
Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status
manually or automatically upgrade the Total Access 1248 firmware. When enabled, the Auto
Upgrade operation performs the following tasks:
• reads the AUC Configuration file from the designated AUC TFTP server
• validates the file
• upgrades the parameters that need to be updated
• updates the unit with new firmware as required
• reboots the unit if new firmware has been downloaded
All required parameter changes will occur first, followed by the checking of each unit for a
required upgrade.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status
1. AUC Config File
2. AUC Mode
1248.auc
Manual
3. AUC Refresh Interval 5 hour(s)
4. AUC Upgrade Retries 3
5. AUC TFTP Server
6. AUC Base Path
192.168.1.105
Selection :
Comp/Errs/Pend Last Action
/ Status (Current or Last)
AUC File
Host
2/
2/
1
0/No
MM/DD/YY HH:MM:SS/AUC parsing complete
MM/DD/YY HH:MM:SS/Update Complete on Host
C - Clear AUC Status
R - Read AUC File
S - Start Upgrade Process
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-51. Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status Menu
61179641AL1-5C
5-81
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-50. Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
AUC Config File
This option is used to enter the AUC Config File name.
The text entry field is limited to 40 characters and must
end with the *.auc file extension.
2
AUC Mode
This option is used to specify the auto upgrade mode.
Options include the following:
• Auto - indicates that unit should be automatically
checked and upgraded.
• Manual - indicates that unit should be checked at
the AUC Refresh Interval rate and upgraded only
when instructed via SNMP or the menus.
• Disable - all automatic upgrade operations are
disabled.
3
4
AUC Refresh Interval
AUC Upgrade Retries
This option specifies how often (in hours) the unit
should check the AUC TFTP Server for changes to the
AUC Config File. Valid entries are 0 - 744. A value of zero
(0) indicates the server should not be checked and dis-
ables any further Auto Upgrade operations.
This option specifies the number of software upgrade
attempts that are to be made as a result of a failure.
Valid entries are 0 - 10.
5
6
AUC TFTP Server
AUC Base Path
This option specifies the IP address of the AUC TFTP
Server.
This option specifies a directory prefix where the Auto
Upgrade configuration and flash firmware files will be
located on the customer file server.
NOTE
Auto Upgrade operations will not be initiated if the AUC Refresh
Interval option is set to zero, the AUC Config File option is empty,
the configuration file cannot be retrieved from the AUC TFTP
Server, or the configuration file contains errors.
5-82
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Separate status information is provided for the file retrieval operation and the actual upgrade
operation. The Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status menu status fields are defined in
Table 5-51. Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status Menu Status Fields
Field
Description
Comp/Errs/Pend
This field displays the number of operations completed (Comp),
the number of errors (Errs), and pending (Pend) operations.
Last Action
This field displays a Date/Time stamp for when the last action
completed.
Status (Current or Last)
This field displays a brief comment describing the current state
of the Auto Upgrade system or the progress of an active
operation.
The three hot keys associated with the Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status menu are
Table 5-52. Auto Upgrade Configuration (AUC) Status Menu Hot Keys
Hot Key Function
Description
Clear AUC Status
This hot key clears all the status information from the
menu and updates the Status Information Cleared: field
with the date and time that the action occurred. This hot
key is available in all AUC modes.
C
Read AUC File
This hot key initiates a retrieve of the configuration file
from the file server. This hot key is available in the Auto
and Manual AUC modes.
R
S
Start Upgrade Process
This hot key starts the upgrade process. This hot key is
available in the Manual AUC mode.
61179641AL1-5C
5-83
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Restore Factory Defaults Menu
Restore Factory Defaults
factory defaults.
CAUTION
This action is service affecting. If the system is accessed remotely
through a static IP address, the system resets and access is lost.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Restore Factory Defaults
WARNING! THIS IS SERVICE AFFECTING!
All parameters will be returned to their factory defaults
and the card will be restarted.
1. Restore
2. Exit
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-52. Restore Factory Defaults Menu
Table 5-53. Restore Factory Defaults Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Restore
This option restores all options to the factory default
settings.
2
Exit
This option returns the display to the “System
are not restored.
5-84
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Reset System Menu
Reset System
CAUTION
This action is service affecting. If the system is accessed remotely
through a static IP address, the system resets and access is lost
until the system reboot is completed.
When the Reset System option is selected, the system resets the
host unit and all client units without additional prompting.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Reset System
WARNING! THIS IS SERVICE AFFECTING!
This option resets the entire system.
All system parameters will be retained.
Reset occurs immediately.
1. Reset
2. Exit
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-53. Reset System Menu
Table 5-54. Reset System Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Reset
This option reboots the Total Access 1248. All system
options are retained.
2
Exit
This option returns the display to the “System
reboot.
61179641AL1-5C
5-85
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Self Test Menu
Self Test
NOTE
or client unit must be chosen in order to access the Self Test menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Select Shelf
1. Host
2. Client 1 (configured)
3. Client 2 (configured)
4. Client 3 (configured)
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-54. Select Shelf Menu
reboot of the Total Access 1248 system. If any tests result in a failed status, the word “Failed”
displays next to that test and the PWR LED turns red. An option is provided to test the Total
Access 1248 fans.
5-86
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Shelf = Host
Self Test
1. Run Fan Self Test
Selection :
Fan #1 Test
Ready to Test
Ready to Test
Ready to Test
Ready to Test
Fan #2 Test
Fan #3 Test
Fan #4 Test
ROM Test
RAM Test
EEPROM Test
PASSED
PASSED
PASSED
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-55. Self Test Menu
Table 5-55. Self Test Menu Option
Option
Description
Function
1
Run Fan Self Test
This option initiates the Total Access 1248 fan self test.
61179641AL1-5C
5-87
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
External Alarms Menu
External Alarms
external alarms. The alarms can be assigned unique names and an associated severity level
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
External Alarms
1. Alarm #1 Text - External Alarm Input #1
2. Alarm #2 Text - External Alarm Input #2
3. Alarm #3 Text - External Alarm Input #3
4. Severity - Minor
5. Severity - Minor
6. Severity - Minor
7. Fan Alarm Delay 10 Min
8. Restore External Alarm Defaults
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-56. External Alarms Menu
Table 5-56. External Alarms Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1-3
Alarm #n Text
Options 1 to 3 are used to enter a 25-character text
string used to identify each of the three external alarms.
4-6
Severity
Options 4 to 6 are used to assign severity levels to each
of the three external alarms. For more information, refer
7
8
Fan Alarm Delay
This option is used to set the fan alarm activation delay.
Valid values range from 0 to 15 minutes.
Restore External Alarm
Defaults
This option is used to restore all of the External Alarms
to factory default values.
5-88
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
External Alarm Severity Menu
External Alarm Severity
for each of the three external alarms.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
External Alarm Severity
1. Critical
2. Major
3. Minor
4. Load Shedding
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-57. External Alarm Severity Menu
Table 5-57. External Alarm Severity Menu Options
Option
Description
Critical
Function
1
2
3
4
This option is used to designate a critical alarm.
This option is used to designate a major alarm.
This option is used to designate a minor alarm.
Major
Minor
Load Shedding
This option is used to designate a critical alarm to
shutdown ADSL services. When Load shedding is
engaged, power usage in the Total Access 1248 is
reduced.
NOTE
The alarm severity levels are user-defined based on the impact to
customer service.
61179641AL1-5C
5-89
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Expansion Menu
Expansion
up to four Total Access 1248 units (one host and three clients). The expansion mode can only
be enabled on the host units.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Expansion Menu
1. Mode
2. Clear Packet Counts
Enabled (Host)
Selection :
Maintenance Packets:(TX/RX) 0/0
Expansion Out Link: DOWN
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-58. Expansion Menu
Table 5-58. Expansion Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Mode
This option is used to designate Enabled (Host) or
Disabled.
2
Clear Packet Counts
This option is used to clear all packet counts.
Table 5-59. Expansion Menu Fields
Field
Description
Maintenance Packets
This field displays the number of packets that have been
transmitted and received.
Expansion Out Link
This displays the status of the expansion link.
5-90
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Modem Configuration Menu
Modem Configuration
The V.90 modem is used for remote operation.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Modem Configuration
1. Prompt User on call received
2. Number of Rings
3. Caller ID Features
Yes
2 (when logged off)
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-59. Modem Configuration Menu
Table 5-60. Modem Configuration Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
2
Prompt User on call received
Number of Rings
This option is used to enable or disable call notification.
This option is used to set the number of rings that are
received before the system establishes a connection.
3
Caller ID Features
61179641AL1-5C
5-91
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Caller ID Features Menu
Caller ID Features
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Caller ID Features
1. Caller ID
Disabled
2. Reject Calls with no Caller ID
3. Only Allow Specified Phone Numbers
4. Phone Numbers
No
No
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-60. Caller ID Features Menu
Table 5-61. Caller ID Features Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Caller ID
This option is used to enable or disable the Caller ID
option.
2
Reject Calls with no Caller ID
This option is used to reject call that do not contain a
Caller ID. The Caller ID option above must be enabled
for this option to be enabled.
3
4
Only Allow Specified Phone
Numbers
This option is used to specify if the system accepts a call
from any phone number or only specified numbers.
Phone Numbers
This option is used to enter one or two phone numbers
that the system validates before establishing a
connection.
5-92
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Network Port Menu
Network Port
Main Menu\Network Port\
Group, and access the T1 or E1 interfaces.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Network Port
1. T1
2. IMA
3. Select T1/E1 Mode
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-61. Network Port Menu
NOTE
The proper mode should be selected prior to configuring a T1 or E1
circuit.
Table 5-62. Network Port Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
T1/E1
5-94.
or
2
3
IMA
Select T1/E1 Mode
61179641AL1-5C
5-93
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
T1 Main Menu
T1 Main Menu
mance monitoring can be viewed.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
T1 Main Menu
1. T1 Provisioning
2. T1 Status
3. T1 Performance
4. Test
5. Restore T1 Factory Defaults
6. SNMP/Menu Loopback Detection:
7. Inband Loopback Detection:
8. FDL Loopback Detection:
Enabled
Enabled
Enabled
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-62. T1 Main Menu
5-94
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-63. T1 Main Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
T1 Provisioning
5-96.
2
3
T1 Status
T1 Performance
4
5
6
7
8
Test
Restore T1 Factory Defaults
This option displays the “Restore T1 Factory Defaults
SNMP/Menu Loopback
Detection
This option enables or disables SNMP/Menu Loopback
Detection. Option selection toggles between states.
Inband Loopback Detection
This option enables or disables Inband Loopback
Detection. Option selection toggles between states.
FDL Loopback Detection
This option enables or disables FDL Loopback Detection.
Option selection toggles between states.
61179641AL1-5C
5-95
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
T1 Provisioning Menu
T1 Provisioning
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
T1 Provisioning for # 1
1. Type
2. Framing
DSX
ESF
3. Line Code
4. Line Build Out
B8ZS
0 - 133 ft
'N' - Next T1 Port 'P' - Previous T1 Port
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-63. T1 Provisioning Menu
5-96
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-64. T1 Provisioning Menu Options
Option
Description
Type
T1 Function
1
2
This field displays the T1 circuit type.
Framing
This field displays the framing setting for the T1 circuit.
Settings include the following:
• SF
• ESF
3
4
Line Code
This field displays the line code setting for the T1 circuit.
Settings include the following:
• B8ZS
• AMI
Line Build Out
This field displays the line build out settings based upon
the Type setting. Settings include the following:
Type = DSX
• 0-133 feet
• 133-266 feet
• 266-399 feet
• 399-533 feet
• 533-655 feet
Type = T1
• 0 dB
• –7.5 dB
• –15 dB
• –22.5 dB
61179641AL1-5C
5-97
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
T1 Status Menu
T1 Status
summary of the associated alarm counts.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
T1 Status
3
DSX
1
2
4
Type
Framing
Line Code
DSX
ESF
B8ZS
DSX
ESF
B8ZS
0-133
RED
DSX
ESF
B8ZS
0-133
RED
ESF
B8ZS
0-133
RED
Line Build Out 0-133
T1 Alarm
Total Alarms
Red
RED
2
0
0
2
0
0
2
0
0
2
0
0
Yellow
Blue
10. Reset Alarm Counts Cleared:
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-64. T1 Status Menu
5-98
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-65. T1 Status Menu Options
Option
N/A
Field
Function
Type
This field displays the T1 circuit type.
N/A
Framing
This field displays the framing setting for the T1 circuit.
N/A
N/A
Line Code
This field displays the line code setting for the T1 circuit.
Line Build Out
This field displays the line build out setting. For more
N/A
N/A
T1 Alarm
This field indicates if there are any T1 alarms.
Total Alarms Red
This field indicates the number of Loss of Signal (Red)
alarms.
N/A
N/A
10
Total Alarms Yellow
Total Alarms Blue
Reset Alarm Counts
This field indicates the number of Receive Remote Alarm
Indication (Yellow) alarms.
This field indicates the number of Receive Alarm
Indication Signal (Blue) alarms.
This option is used to clear all the T1 Status alarm
fields.
61179641AL1-5C
5-99
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
T1 PM Main Menu
T1 PM
displays in 24-hour and 15-minute increments for the current port selected and to clear all T1
performance monitoring data.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
T1 PM Main Menu
1. T1 PM
2. Clear All T1 PM
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-65. T1 PM Main Menu
Table 5-66. T1 PM Main Menu Options
Option
Definition
Function
1
T1 PM
This option displays the “T1 Performance Monitoring
2
Clear All T1 PM
This option clears T1 performance monitoring data for
all ports.
5-100
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
T1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen
T1 Performance Monitoring Status
monitoring in 24-hour and 15-minute increments for the current port selected.
NOTE
To display the Abbreviations screen, press “?”.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
T1
Performance Monitoring Status - T1 Port:1
UAS-P
24 Hr - Current 24845
ES-P SES-P
CV-P
CV-L
ES-L
0
-
0
-
0
-
0
-
0
-
--/--
-
15 Min - Current
08:30
08:15
784
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
08:00
07:45
07:30
07:15
07:00
06:45
B - Backward(2hrs/15min PM) F - Forward(2hrs/15min PM)
S - Select Port P - Previous Port N - Next Port
'?' - System Help Screen
C - Clear PM Stats
Figure 5-66. T1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen
Table 5-67. T1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Codes
Code
Definition
Description
UAS-P
Unavailable Seconds
This code indicates seconds with a loss of signal or
synchronization on the path.
ES-P
Errored Seconds
This code indicates seconds with either a bipolar
violation or a CRC-6 error on the path.
SES-P
Severely Errored Seconds
This code indicates seconds with 1544 bipolar violations
or 320 CRC-6 errors on the path.
61179641AL1-5C
5-101
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-67. T1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Codes (Continued)
Code
Definition
Description
CV-P
Code Violations
This code indicates an occurrence of either a CRC-6
error or frame bit error on the path.
CV-L
ES-L
Code Violations
Errored Seconds
This code indicates an occurrence of either a CRC-6
error or frame bit error on the line.
This code indicates seconds with either a bipolar
violation or a CRC-6 error on the line.
Table 5-68. T1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
B
C
F
Backward(2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the last 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
Clear PM Stats
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring
statistics.
Forward(2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the next 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
N
P
S
Next Port
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
Previous Port
Select Port
5-102
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
T1 Test Menu
T1 Test
Figure 5-67 shows the T1 Test Menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
T1 Test Menu for Port # 1 - No Loopback
1. Payload Loopback
2. Line Loopback
3. Local Loopback
4. No Loopback
5. Clear T1 Loopbacks On All Ports
'N' - Next T1 Port 'P' - Previous T1 Port
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-67. T1 Test Menu
Table 5-69. T1 Test Menu Options
Option
Definition
Function
1
2
3
4
Payload Loopback
Line Loopback
Local Loopback
No Loopback
This option is used to select a payload loopback test.
This option is used to select a line loopback test.
This option is used to select a local loopback test.
This option is used to deselect a loopback test or to
indicate no loopback is specified.
5
Clear T1 Loopbacks On All
Ports
This option clears all T1 loopbacks on all ports without
further prompting.
61179641AL1-5C
5-103
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Restore T1 Factory Defaults Menu
Restore T1 Factory Defaults
settings for all T1 ports.
CAUTION
This action is service affecting. If the system is accessed remotely
through a static IP address, the system resets and access is lost.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Restore T1 Factory Defaults
1. Yes - Service Affecting
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-68. Restore T1 Factory Defaults Menu
Table 5-70. Restore T1 Factory Defaults Menu Option
Option
Definition
Function
1
Yes - Service Affecting
This option restores all options to the T1 factory default
settings.
5-104
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
E1 Main Menu
E1 Main Menu
mance monitoring can be viewed.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
E1 Main Menu
1. E1 Provisioning
2. E1 Status
3. E1 Performance
4. Test
5. Restore E1 Factory Defaults
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-69. E1 Main Menu
Table 5-71. E1 Main Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
E1 Provisioning
2
3
4
5
E1 Status
E1 Performance
Test
Restore E1 Factory Defaults
This option displays the “Restore E1 Factory Defaults
61179641AL1-5C
5-105
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
E1 Provisioning Menu
E1 Provisioning
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
E1 Provisioning for # 1
1. Framing
2. Line Code
FAS+CRC
HDB3
'N' - Next E1 Port 'P' - Previous E1 Port
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-70. E1 Provisioning Menu
Table 5-72. E1 Provisioning Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Framing
This field displays the framing setting for the E1 circuit.
Settings include the following:
• FAS+CRC
• FAS
2
Line Code
This field displays the line code setting for the E1 circuit.
Settings include the following:
• HDB3
• AMI
5-106
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
E1 Status Menu
E1 Status
summary of the associated alarm counts.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
E1 Status
3
FAS+CRC FAS+CRC FAS+CRC FAS+CRC
1
2
4
Framing
Line Code
E1 Alarm
Total Alarms
Red
HDB3
RED
HDB3
RED
HDB3
RED
HDB3
RED
2
0
0
2
2
0
0
2
0
0
Yellow
Blue
0
0
Cleared:
8. Reset Alarm Counts
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-71. E1 Status Menu
Table 5-73. E1 Status Menu Options
Option
Field
Function
N/A
Framing
This field displays the framing setting for the E1 circuit.
N/A
Line Code
This field displays the line code setting for the E1
N/A
N/A
E1 Alarm
This field indicates if there are any E1 alarms.
Total Alarms Red
This field indicates the number of Loss of Signal (Red)
alarms.
N/A
N/A
8
Total Alarms Yellow
Total Alarms Blue
Reset Alarm Counts
This field indicates the number of Receive Remote Alarm
Indication (Yellow) alarms.
This field indicates the number of Receive Alarm
Indication Signal (Blue) alarms.
This option is used to clear all the E1 status alarm
fields.
61179641AL1-5C
5-107
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
E1 PM Main Menu
E1 PM Main Menu
displays in 24-hour and 15-minute increments for the current port selected and to clear all E1
performance monitoring data.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
E1 PM Main Menu
1. E1 PM
2. Clear All E1 PM
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-72. E1 PM Main Menu
Table 5-74. E1 PM Main Menu Options
Option
Definition
Function
1
E1 PM
This option displays the “E1 Performance Monitoring
2
Clear All E1 PM
This option clears E1 performance monitoring data for
all ports.
5-108
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
E1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen
E1 Performance Monitoring Status
monitoring in 24-hour and 15-minute increments for the current port selected.
NOTE
To display the Abbreviations screen, press “?”.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
E1
Performance Monitoring Status - E1 Port:1
UAS-P
24 Hr - Current 25279
ES-P SES-P
CV-P
CV-L
ES-L
0
-
0
-
0
-
0
-
0
-
--/--
-
15 Min - Current
08:45
08:30
312
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
08:15
08:00
07:45
07:30
07:15
07:00
B - Backward(2hrs/15min PM) F - Forward(2hrs/15min PM)
S - Select Port P - Previous Port N - Next Port
'?' - System Help Screen
C - Clear PM Stats
Figure 5-73. E1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen
Table 5-75. E1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Codes
Code
Definition
Description
UAS-P
Unavailable Seconds
This code indicates seconds with a loss of signal or
synchronization on the path.
ES-P
Errored Seconds
This code indicates seconds with either a bipolar
violation or a CRC-6 error on the path.
SES-P
Severely Errored Seconds
This code indicates seconds with 1544 bipolar violations
or 320 CRC-6 errors on the path.
61179641AL1-5C
5-109
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-75. E1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Codes (Continued)
Code
Definition
Description
CV-P
Code Violations
This code indicates an occurrence of either a CRC-6
error or frame bit error on the path.
CV-L
ES-L
Code Violations
Errored Seconds
This code indicates an occurrence of either a CRC-6
error or frame bit error on the line.
This code indicates seconds with either a bipolar
violation or a CRC-6 error on the line.
Table 5-76. E1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
B
C
F
Backward(2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the last 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
Clear PM Stats
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring
statistics.
Forward(2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the next 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
N
P
S
Next Port
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
Previous Port
Select Port
5-110
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
E1 Test Menu
E1 Test
Figure 5-74 shows the E1 Test Menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
E1 Test Menu for Port # 1 - No Loopback
1. Payload Loopback
2. Line Loopback
3. Local Loopback
4. No Loopback
5. Clear E1 Loopbacks On All Ports
'N' - Next E1 Port 'P' - Previous E1 Port
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-74. E1 Test Menu
Table 5-77. E1 Test Menu Options
Option
Definition
Function
1
2
3
4
Payload Loopback
Line Loopback
Local Loopback
No Loopback
This option is used to select a payload loopback test.
This option is used to select a line loopback test.
This option is used to select a local loopback test.
This option is used to deselect a loopback test or to
indicate no loopback is specified.
5
Clear E1 Loopbacks On All
Ports
This option clears all loopbacks without further
prompting.
61179641AL1-5C
5-111
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Restore E1 Factory Defaults Menu
Restore E1 Factory Defaults
settings for all E1 ports.
CAUTION
This action is service affecting. If the system is accessed remotely
through a static IP address, the system resets and access is lost.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Restore E1 Factory Defaults
1. Yes - Service Affecting
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-75. Restore E1 Factory Defaults Menu
Table 5-78. Restore E1 Factory Defaults Menu Option
Option
Definition
Function
1
Yes - Service Affecting
This option restores all options to the E1 factory default
settings.
5-112
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
IMA Main Menu
IMA Main Menu
The Total Access 1248 system is fed by virtual circuits using IMA. The IMA Main menu (see
Figure 5-76) is the central point for managing and provisioning the Total Access 1248 IMA
related options.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Main Menu
1. IMA Configuration
2. Provisioning
3. Status / Failure Monitoring
4. Test
5. Performance Monitoring Data
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-76. IMA Main Menu
Table 5-79. IMA Main Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
IMA Configuration
2
3
4
5
Provisioning
Status/Failure Monitoring
Test
This option displays the “Status/Failure Monitoring
Performance Monitoring Data
This option displays the “IMA Performance Monitoring
61179641AL1-5C
5-113
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
IMA Configuration Screen
IMA Configuration Screen
Link type. This screen is informational only.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Configuration
IMA Firmware Revision
IMA Link Type
77
DS1 / T1 (1.544 Mbps)
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-77. IMA Configuration Screen
5-114
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
IMA Provisioning Menu
IMA Provisioning
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Provisioning
1. IMA Facility
2. IMA Group
3. Shortcut Setup
4. Scrambler
5. Restore IMA Factory Defaults
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-78. IMA Provisioning Menu
Table 5-80. IMA Provisioning Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
IMA Facility
This option displays the “IMA Facility Provisioning
2
3
4
5
IMA Group
This option displays the “IMA Group Provisioning Menu”
Shortcut Setup
Scrambler
Restore IMA Factory Defaults
This option displays the “Restore IMA Factory Defaults
61179641AL1-5C
5-115
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
IMA Facility Provisioning Menu
IMA Facility Provisioning
a per facility basis.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Facility Provisioning for # 1
1. All Facilities Summary
2. Facility Operation Mode
Receive Group
Receive Link ID
IMA_Group
1
0
Receive ATM Address
Transmit Group
N/A
1
Transmit Link ID
Transmit ATM Address
0
N/A
'N' - Next IMA Facility 'P' - Previous IMA Facility
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-79. IMA Facility Provisioning Menu
Table 5-81. IMA Facility Provisioning Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
All Facilities Summary
This option displays the “IMA All Facilities Provisioning
2
Facility Operation Mode
This option displays the “Operation Mode for Facility
5-116
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
IMA All Facilities Provisioning Screen
IMA All Facilities Provisioning
Main Menu\Network Port\IMA Main Menu\IMA Provisioning\IMA Facility Provisioning\IMA All Facilities Provisioning\
facilities.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA All Facilities Provisioning
Fac2 Fac3 Fac4
IMA Grp IMA Grp IMA Grp IMA Grp
Fac1
Operation Mode
RX Group
RX Link ID
1
1
1
1
0
1
2
3
RX ATM Address
TX Group
TX Link ID
N/A
1
N/A
1
N/A
1
N/A
1
0
N/A
1
N/A
2
N/A
3
N/A
TX ATM Address
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-80. IMA All Facilities Provisioning Screen
Table 5-82. IMA All Facilities Provisioning Screen Fields
Field
Description
Operation Mode
This field displays the operation mode for the IMA facility. For
more information, refer to “Operation Mode for Facility Menu”
on page
RX Group
This field displays the IMA Group ID being received from the Far
End for the facility.
RX Link ID
This field displays the Link ID received from the Far End for the
facility.
RX ATM Address
This field displays the receive ATM address. This field is
applicable in Pass Thru mode only.
TX Group
This field displays the IMA Group transmit ID.
TX Link ID
This field displays the Link ID transmitting to Far End for the
facility.
TX ATM Address
This field displays the transmit ATM address. This field is
applicable in Pass Thru mode only.
61179641AL1-5C
5-117
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Operation Mode for Facility Menu
Operation Mode for Facility
Main Menu\Network Port\IMA Main Menu\IMA Provisioning\IMA Facility Provisioning\IMA All Facilities Provisioning\Operation
Mode for Facility\
mode for each IMA facility.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Operation Mode for Facility for # 1 IMA_Group
1. IMA_Group
2. Unassigned
3. Pass Thru
'N' - Next IMA Facility 'P' - Previous IMA Facility
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-81. Operation Mode for Facility Menu
Table 5-83. Operation Mode for Facility Menu Options
Option
Description
IMA_Group
Unassigned
Function
1
2
This option is used to add a facility to the IMA group.
This option is used to remove a facility from the IMA
group.
3
Pass Thru
This option is only available for facility #1. This option is
used to allow ATM transport over a single facility without
the IMA layer.
5-118
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
IMA Group Provisioning Menu
IMA Group Provisioning
IMA Group is a collection of physical links bundled together.
NOTE
The IMA Group must be Out of Service-Unassigned in order to
change the provisioning options.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Group Provisioning
1. Group Operation Mode
2. IMA Transmit ID (0-255)
3. IMA TX Frame Length
4. Min. TX Active Links
5. Min. RX Active Links
6. Max. Link Diff. Delay (0-100)
7. Group Version
OOS - Unassigned
101
128
1
1
100
Version 1.1
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-82. IMA Group Provisioning Menu
Table 5-84. IMA Group Provisioning Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Group Operation Mode
The IMA Group must be Out of Service-Unassigned in
order to change the options. If the IMA Group is In
Service or Out of Service-Maintenance, only the Group
Operation Mode is available for changes.
The Group Operation Mode settings are as follows:
• Out of Service-Unassigned
• Out of Service-Maintenance
• In Service
61179641AL1-5C
5-119
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-84. IMA Group Provisioning Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
2
IMA Transmit ID
Each IMA Group has an overall ID transmitted to the
other end. The IMA Transmit ID is different from the
Link ID.
The IMA Transmit ID settings are from 0 to 255. The
default is 101.
3
IMA TX Frame Length
This field displays the size of the IMA frame. For
example, for a 128 frame length, there are 127 data cells
and one IMA Control Protocol (ICP) cell.
The IMA TX Frame Length settings are as follows:
• 32
• 64
• 128 (default)
• 256
4
Min. TX Active Links
This field displays the minimum number of transfer
links necessary for the IMA Group to be considered
active.
The Minimum TX Active Links settings are from 1 to 4.
The default is 1.
5
6
7
Min. RX Active Links
Max. Link Diff. Delay
Group Version
This field displays the minimum number of receive links
necessary for the IMA Group to be considered active.
The Minimum RX Active Links settings are from 1 to 4.
The default is 1.
This field displays the maximum delay allowed between
individual links in the IMA Group.
The Maximum Link Differential Delay settings are from 0
to 100 ms. The default is 100 ms.
This field displays the IMA group version. Version 1.1
supports both versions 1.0 an 1.1, with automatic
fallback from version 1.1 to 1.0 with legacy IMA
equipment.
The Group Version settings are Version 1.0 (ALT) or
Version 1.1. The default is Version 1.1.
5-120
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
IMA Shortcut Setup Menu
IMA Shortcut Setup
all of the IMA links simultaneously. To provision IMA links individually, refer to “IMA Facility
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Shortcut Setup
1. Force All Facilities Into Unassigned
2. Force Facility - 1 Into Pass Through
3. Force All Facilities Into IMA Group 1
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-83. IMA Shortcut Setup Menu
Table 5-85. IMA Shortcut Setup Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Force All Facilities Into
Unassigned
This option forces all facilities to be set to the Out of
Service-Unassigned state. The T1s cannot link up to the
network.
2
3
Force Facility - 1 Into Pass
Through
This option forces Facility #1 to Pass Through and forces
all other Facilities to Out of Service-Unassigned. This
option is used to allow ATM transport over a single
facility (#1) without the IMA layer.
Force All Facilities Into IMA
Group 1
This option forces all traffic to go through IMA Group 1
and all four IMA links to train up to the upstream device.
61179641AL1-5C
5-121
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
IMA Scrambler Menu
IMA Scrambler
bling is designed to randomize the pattern of 1s and 0s carried in ATM cells. Randomizing the
digital bits can prevent continuous, non-variable bit patterns (i.e., long strings of all 1s or all
0s). Several physical layer protocols rely on transitions between 1s and 0s to maintain
clocking.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Scrambler: Disabled
1. Enable
2. Disable
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-84. IMA Scrambler Menu
Table 5-86. IMA Scrambler Menu Options
Option
Description
Enable
Function
1
2
This option enables scrambling.
This option disables scrambling.
Disable
5-122
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Restore IMA Factory Defaults Menu
Restore IMA Factory Defaults
settings to factory defaults.
CAUTION
Depending on the system settings, this action can be service affect-
ing. If the system is accessed remotely through a static IP address,
the system resets and access is lost.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Restore IMA Factory Defaults
1. Yes - Service Affecting
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-85. Restore IMA Factory Defaults Menu
Table 5-87. Restore IMA Factory Defaults Menu Option
Option
Definition
Function
1
Yes - Service Affecting
This option restores all options to the IMA factory
default settings.
61179641AL1-5C
5-123
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Status/Failure Monitoring Menu
Status/Failure Monitoring
The Total Access 1248 system tracks Failure Monitoring (FM) for the IMA group and each of
display information about transmitting and receiving states, receiving failure, relative delay,
receiving Loss of IMA Framing (LIF) defect, receiving Link Out of Delay Synchronization
(LODS), receiving defect, and the receiving link identifier for all facilities.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Status / Failure Monitoring
1. Group FM Status
2. All Links FM Status
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-86. Status/Failure Monitoring Menu
Table 5-88. Status/Failure Monitoring Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Group FM Status
This option displays the “IMA Group 1 Failure
2
All Links FM Status
This option displays the “IMA Link Failure Monitoring
5-124
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
IMA Group 1 Failure Monitoring Status Screen
IMA Group 1 Failure Monitoring Status
Main Menu\Network Port\IMA Main Menu\Status/Failure Monitoring\IMA Group 1 Failure Monitoring Status\
group state and the Near End and Far End failure status.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Group 1 Failure Monitoring Status
NE Group State
FE Group State
: Operational
: Operational
: No Failure
: No Failure
:
NE Failure Status
FE Failure Status
Link With Least Delay
Max Link Differential Delay :
Configured TX Links
Active Tx Links
: 4
: 4
Configured RX Links
Active Rx Links
FE Failure Data
: 4
: 4
: Available
: 128
FE Frame Length
Group Version
: Version 1.1
: Port 1
: MM/DD/YY HH:MM:SS
Timing Source
Last Timing Source Change
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-87. IMA Group 1 Failure Monitoring Status Screen
Table 5-89. IMA Group 1 Failure Monitoring Status Screen Fields
Field
Description
NE Group State
This field displays the Near End group status.
This field displays the Far End group status.
This field displays the Near End failure status.
This field displays the Far End failure status.
This field displays the link with the least delay.
This field displays the maximum link differential delay.
FE Group State
NE Failure Status
FE Failure Status
Link With Least Delay
Max Link Differential Delay
Configured TX Links
This field displays the number of transmitting links that are
configured.
Active Tx Links
This field displays the number of transmitting links that are
active.
Configured RX Links
This field displays the number of receiving links that are
configured.
61179641AL1-5C
5-125
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-89. IMA Group 1 Failure Monitoring Status Screen Fields (Continued)
Field
Description
Active Rx Links
FE Failure Data
FE Frame Length
Group Version
Timing Source
This field displays the number of receiving links that are active.
This field displays the Far End failure data.
This field displays the Far End frame length.
This field displays the group version.
This field displays the port that is currently providing the T1
reference timing.
Last Timing Source Change
This field provides a timestamp for when the T1 reference
timing is changed.
5-126
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status Screen
IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status
the facilities.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status
Fac2 Fac3 Fac4
Fac1
NE Tx State:
NE Rx State:
FE Tx State:
FE Rx State:
NE Rx Failure:
FE Rx Failure:
DiffDelay(ms):
Rx LIF Defect:
Rx LODS Defect:
Rx Link ID:
Active Active Active Active
Active Active Active Active
Active Active Active Active
Active Active Active Active
NoFault NoFault NoFault NoFault
NoFault NoFault NoFault NoFault
>MaxDel >MaxDel >MaxDel >MaxDel
0
1
2
3
Timing Source : Port 1
Last Timing Source Change : MM/DD/YY HH:MM:SS
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-88. IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status Screen
The IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status screen states and failure conditions are shown in
Table 5-90. IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status Screen
States and Failure Conditions
State
Definition
Failure Condition
Near End Tx States
NotInGr
Deleted
Not In Group, Unassigned
This condition indicates that no information about the
link exists.
Not In Group, Deleted
This condition indicates the link has been removed from
the group.
This transitional state ensures that the other end is still
not receiving ATM layer cells before it moves to the
Unassigned state.
Fault
Unusable, Fault
Unusable
This condition indicates that a fault has been detected
either on the link or in the link protocol.
No Reas
This condition indicates that a reason was not given.
61179641AL1-5C
5-127
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-90. IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status Screen
States and Failure Conditions (Continued)
State
Definition
Failure Condition
Usable
Usable
This condition indicates that the link is ready to be used
and is awaiting the FE to activate its receiver before
sending any ATM layer cells.
IMA frames containing only filler cells are being
transmitted; but the link is not in a data round-robin
state.
Active
Active
This condition indicates that the link is capable of
passing cells from the ATM layer.
The IMA transmitter considers the link to be in a data
round-robin state.
Near End Rx States
NotInGr
Not In Group, Unassigned
This condition indicates that no information about the
link exists.
Deleted
Not In Group, Deleted
Unusable, Blocked
This condition indicates that the link has been removed
from the group.
This transitional state ensures that the other end is still
not receiving ATM layer cells before it moves to the
Unassigned state.
Blocked
This condition allows for a graceful transition to
Unusable from the Active state without loss of ATM layer
cells.
Fault
Unusable, Fault
Usable
This condition indicates that a fault has been detected
either on the link or in the link protocol.
Usable
This condition indicates that the link is ready to be used
for receiving ATM layer cells and it is awaiting the FE Tx
to be Usable or Active before moving into the Active
state.
The link has been synchronized with the other receive
links already in the Usable or Active state.
The IMA receiver considers the link to not be in a data
round-robin state.
Active
Active
This condition indicates that the link is capable of
passing cells to the ATM layer.
The IMA receiver considers this link to be in a data
round-robin state.
Far End Tx States
NotInGr Not In Group, Unassigned
This condition indicates that no information about the
link exists.
5-128
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-90. IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status Screen
States and Failure Conditions (Continued)
State
Definition
Failure Condition
Deleted
Not In Group, Deleted
This condition indicates that the link has been removed
from the group.
This transitional state ensures that the other end is still
not receiving ATM layer cells before it moves to the
Unassigned state.
Fault
Unusable, Fault
This condition indicates that a fault has been detected
either on the link or in the link protocol.
Misconn
Inhibit
Unusable, Mis-connected
Unusable, Inhibited
This condition indicates that mis-connectivity has been
found as a result of a test.
This condition indicates that operation of the link is
blocked for a locally defined application or
implementation dependent reason.
The link may otherwise be used.
Usable
Active
Usable
Active
This condition indicates that the link is ready to be used,
it is awaiting the FE to activate its receiver before
sending any ATM layer cells.
IMA frames containing only filler cells are being
transmitted, but the link is not in a data round-robin
state.
This condition indicates that the link is capable of
passing cells from the ATM layer.
The IMA transmitter considers the link to be in a data
round-robin state.
Far End Rx States
NotInGr
Not In Group, Unassigned
This condition indicates that no information about the
link exists.
Deleted
Not In Group, Deleted
Unusable, Failed
This condition indicates that the link has been removed
from the group.
This transitional state ensures that the other end is still
not receiving ATM layer cells before it moves to the
Unassigned state.
Failed
This condition indicates that the receiver has failed due
to the persistence of a defined defect.
Examples of defects are LCD, LIF, and LODS.
Fault
Unusable, Fault
Unusable, Blocked
Unusable
This condition indicates that a fault has been detected
either on the link or in the link protocol.
Blocked
No Reas
Allows a graceful transition into Unusable from Active
state without loss of ATM layer cells.
This condition indicates that a reason was not given.
61179641AL1-5C
5-129
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-90. IMA Link Failure Monitoring Status Screen
States and Failure Conditions (Continued)
State
Definition
Failure Condition
Usable
Usable
This condition indicates that the link is ready to be used
for receiving ATM layer cells and it is awaiting the FE Tx
to be Usable or Active before moving into the Active
state.
The link has been synchronized with the other receive
links already in the Usable or Active state.
The IMA receiver considers the link to not be in a data
round-robin state.
Active
Active
This condition indicates that the link is capable of
passing cells to the ATM layer.
The IMA receiver considers this link to be in a data
round-robin state.
Near End and Far End Rx Failure
Failure
LIF
Failure
This condition indicates that a reason was not given.
This condition indicates a loss of IMA framing.
Loss of IMA Framing
LODS
Link Out of Delay
Synchronization
This condition indicates a link out of delay
synchronization.
Misconn
Inhibit
Mis-connectivity
This condition indicates that mis-connectivity has been
found as a result of a test.
Inhibit
This condition indicates that operation of the link is
blocked for some locally defined application or
implementation dependant reason.
The link may be used for testing.
Blocked
Fault
Blocked
This condition indicates a transition into the unusable
state without loss of ATM layer cells.
Fault
This condition indicates a fault on the link or in the link
protocol.
FeTx UU
FeRx UU
NoFault
Far End Transmit Unusable
Far End Receive Unusable
No fault
This condition indicates that the Far End transmitter is
in the unusable state.
This condition indicates that the Far End receiver is in
the unusable state.
This condition indicates that there is no current failure
condition.
5-130
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
IMA Loopback Menu
IMA Loopback
group. Each IMA Loopback menu option can be enabled or disabled.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Loopback Menu
1. Data Lpbk Towards Network
2. ATM Lpbk Towards Network
3. ATM Lpbk Towards Customer
DISABLED
DISABLED
DISABLED
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-89. IMA Loopback Menu
Table 5-91. IMA Loopback Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Data Lpbk Towards Network
This option when enabled is used to perform a data
loopback toward the network.
2
3
ATM Lpbk Towards Network
ATM Lpbk Towards Customer
This option when enabled is used to perform an ATM
loopback toward the network.
This option when enabled is used to perform an ATM
loopback toward the customer.
61179641AL1-5C
5-131
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
IMA Performance Monitoring Menu
IMA Performance Monitoring
1248 system performance statistics for the IMA groups.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Performance Monitoring
1. IMA Group PM
2. Facilities PM
3. Clear All IMA Links PM
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-90. IMA Performance Monitoring Menu
Table 5-92. IMA Performance Monitoring Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
IMA Group PM
This option displays the “IMA Group 1 Performance
2
3
Facilities PM
This option displays the “IMA Performance Monitoring
Clear All IMA Links PM
This option is used to clear all the IMA performance
monitoring data for all of the IMA links.
5-132
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen
IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status
Main Menu\Network Port\IMA Main Menu\IMA Performance Monitoring\IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status\
The IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status screen displays IMA group performance
NOTE
The IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status screen can be
cleared by selecting C. All statistics are cleared without additional
prompting.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status
TIIS UAS
24 Hr - Current 11750 11750
NEF
0
FEF
0
TxAvail RxAvail
0
-
0
-
--/--
-
-
-
-
15 Min - Current
16:30
16:15
491
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
491
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
B - Backward(2hrs/15min PM) F - Forward(2hrs/15min PM)
'?' - System Help Screen
C - Clear PM Stats
Figure 5-91. IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen
Table 5-93. IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Fields
Field
TIIS
Description
This field displays the Time In Interval Seconds.
This field displays the Group Unavailable Seconds.
This field displays the Group Near End Failures.
This field displays the Group Far End Failures.
This field displays the Transmit Available cell rate.
This field displays the Receive Available cell rate.
UAS
NEF
FEF
TxAvail
RxAvail
61179641AL1-5C
5-133
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
The IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status screen hot keys are defined in
Table 5-94. IMA Group 1 Performance Monitoring Status Screen Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
B
C
F
Backward (2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the last 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
Clear PM Stats
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring
statistics.
Forward (2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the next 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
5-134
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
IMA Performance Monitoring Status Facility 1 Near End PM Data Screen
IMA Performance Monitoring Status Facility Near End PM Data
1
Main Menu\Network Port\IMA Main Menu\IMA Performance Monitoring\IMA Performance Monitoring Status Facility 1 Near End PM
Data\
The IMA Performance Monitoring Status Facility 1 Near End PM Data screen displays IMA
performance monitoring for IMA facilities in 24-hour and 15-minute increments, as shown in
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
IMA Performance Monitoring Status Facility 1 Near End PM Data
SES
UAS
TxUS
0 11785 11784 11784
RxUS TxFail RxFail
24 Hr - Current
--/--
0
-
0
-
-
-
-
-
15 Min - Current
16:30
16:15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
587
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
587
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
587
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
B - Backward(2hrs/15min PM) F - Forward(2hrs/15min PM) T - Near/Far End PM
S - Select Port P - Previous Port N - Next Port C - Clear PM Stats
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-92. IMA Performance Monitoring Status Facility 1
Near End Data Screen
The IMA Performance Monitoring Status Facility 1 Near End PM Data screen fields are shown
Table 5-95. IMA Performance Monitoring Status Facility 1
Near End PM Data Screen Fields
Field
SES
Description
This field displays the Severely Errored Seconds.
This field displays the Unavailable Seconds.
This field displays the Transmit Unusable Seconds.
This field displays the Receive Unusable Seconds.
This field displays the Transmit Failure cell rate.
This field displays the Receive Failure cell rate.
UAS
TxUS
RxUS
TxFail
RxFail
61179641AL1-5C
5-135
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-96. IMA Performance Monitoring Status Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
B
C
F
Backward (2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the last 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
Clear PM Stats
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring
statistics.
Forward (2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the next 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
P
N
S
T
Previous Port
Next Port
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
Select Port
Near/Far End PM
This hot key is used to toggle between the Near End and
Far End performance monitoring data.
5-136
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
DSL Menus
DSL Menus
Main Menu\DSL Menus\
Each of the 48 DSL lines has a number of settings that can be provisioned. These settings
affect the performance of the line. The class of service to be provisioned on the line and the
type of modem at the distant end must be considered. DSL provisioning is accomplished by
building profiles and then assigning them to the individual lines or groups of lines. Port provi-
sioning is used to turn lines on and off and configure link down alarms. The DSL Menus break
down the ADSL options between provisioning, status, performance, and the Dual Ended Loop
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
DSL Menus
1. ADSL Provisioning
2. ADSL Status
3. ADSL Performance
4. DELT menus
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-94. DSL Menus
Table 5-97. DSL Menus Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
ADSL Provisioning
2
3
4
ADSL Status
ADSL Performance
DELT menus
5-138
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
DSL Provisioning Menu
DSL Provisioning
and restore the ADSL provisioning information.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
DSL Provisioning
1. DSL Profiles
2. Alarm Profiles
3. Port Provisioning
4. Restore ADSL Provisioning
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-95. DSL Provisioning Menu
Table 5-98. DSL Provisioning Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
DSL Profiles
2
3
4
Alarm Profiles
Port Provisioning
Restore ADSL Provisioning
61179641AL1-5C
5-139
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
ADSL Profiles Menu
ADSL Profiles
the same time. At initial setup, all lines are set to the default values using the “DEFVAL”
profile, which cannot be deleted or edited. Use the hot keys at the bottom of the screen to
view, create, edit, and delete additional profiles.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Page 1 of 96
Total Profiles: 2
ADSL Profiles
Profile Name and Assigned Ports
1. DEFVAL
Host: 1-48
State
Active
Client 1:
Client 2:
Client 3:
(Not Present) 1-48
(Not Present) 1-48
(Not Present) 1-48
2. Custom Name
Host: None
Client 1:
Inactive
(Not Present) None
(Not Present) None
(Not Present) None
Client 2:
Client 3:
'c' to Create a new profile
'v' to view profile
's' to select page
'e' to Edit a profile
'p' for previous page
'd' to Delete a profile
'n' for next page
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-96. ADSL Profiles Menu
Table 5-99. ADSL Profiles Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
C
D
E
N
P
to Create a new profile
This hot key is used to create a new profile.
to Delete a profile
to Edit a profile
for Next page
This hot key is used to delete a specified profile.
This hot key is used to modify a specified profile.
This hot key is used to display the next profile screen.
for Previous page
This hot key is used to display the previous profile
screen.
S
V
to Select profile
to View page
This hot key is used to display a specific page.
This hot key is used to display a specified profile.
5-140
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
141 for details on ADSL line options.
NOTE
The Custom Name reference indicates the user assigned profile
name.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Custom Name
Profile Settings for:
Inactive
: None
1. State:
2. Host
3. Client 1 : (Not Present) None
4. Client 2 : (Not Present) None
5. Client 3 : (Not Present) None
6. Rate Mode: Rate Adaptive
7. Line Type: Fast
Downstream
Upstream
8. Target SNR Margin
9. Max SNR Margin
10. Min SNR Margin
6
9
0
dB
dB
dB
16. Target SNR Margin
17. Max SNR Margin
18. Min SNR Margin
6
9
0
dB
dB
dB
11. Fast Max Tx Rate
12. Fast Min Tx Rate
13. Interleave Max Tx Rate
14. Interleave Min Tx Rate
15. Interleave Max Delay
8160 kbps 19. Fast Max Tx Rate
896 kbps
kbps
32
kbps 20. Fast Min Tx Rate
21. Interleave Max Tx Rate
22. Interleave Min Tx Rate
23. Interleave Max Delay
32
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Selection :
NOTE: Changes will only be saved when profile changes states!
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-97. Edit ADSL Profile Menu
Table 5-100. Edit ADSL Profile Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
Settings
Default
1
State
This option is used to assign a
state to the profile.
Active; Inactive
Inactive
2
3
4
Host
This option is used to assign a
port to the profile for the host
unit.
1-48
None
None
None
Client 1
Client 2
This option is used to assign a
port to a profile for the first
client unit, if enabled.
1-48
1-48
This option is used to assign a
port to a profile for the second
client unit, if enabled.
61179641AL1-5C
5-141
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-100. Edit ADSL Profile Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
Settings
Default
5
Client 3
This option is used to assign a
port to a profile for the third
client unit, if enabled.
1-48
None
6
Rate Mode
This option is used to select the Fixed; Rate Adaptive
rate mode.
Rate
Adaptive
• Fixed rate provides a fixed
transmission speed.
• Rate adaptive determines
the transfer rate, which
allows the line to be used at
a greater distance.
7
Line Type
This option is used to select the Interleave; Fast
line type.
Fast
Downstream Options
8
Target SNR
Margin
This option indicates the Target 0 dB to 15 dB
Signal to Noise ratio in dB.
6 dB
9 dB
9
Max SNR
Margin
This option indicates the
Maximum Signal to Noise ratio
allowed.
0 dB to 31 dB
10
11
Min SNR
Margin
This option indicates the
Minimum Signal to Noise ratio
allowed.
0 dB to 31 dB
0 dB
Fast Channel
Max Tx Rate
This option is only available
when the Link Type is set to
Fast.
ADSL:
32 kbps to 8160 kbps
8160 kbps
ADSL2+:
32 kbps to 32736 kbps
12
13
14
15
Fast Channel
Min Tx Rate
This option is only available
when the Link Type is set to
Fast and the Rate Mode is set to
Rate Adaptive.
ADSL:
32 kbps to 8160 kbps
32 kbps
7616 kbps
32 kbps
16 ms
ADSL2+:
32 kbps to 32736 kbps
Interleave
Channel Max
Tx Rate
This option is only available
when the Link Type is set to
Interleave.
ADSL:
32 kbps to 8160 kbps
ADSL2+:
32 kbps to 32736 kbps
Interleave
This option is only available
ADSL:
32 kbps to 8160 kbps
Channel Min Tx when the Link Type is set to
Rate
Interleave and the Rate Mode is
set to Rate Adaptive.
ADSL2+:
32 kbps to 32736 kbps
Interleave
Channel Max
Delay
The maximum delay allowed for 1 ms to 63 ms
the Interleaving of data. This
option is only available when
the Link Type is set to
Interleave.
5-142
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-100. Edit ADSL Profile Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
Settings
Default
Upstream Options
16
17
Target SNR
Margin
This option indicates the Target 0 dB to 15 dB
Signal to Noise ratio in dB.
6 dB
9 dB
Max SNR
Margin
This option indicates the
Maximum Signal to Noise ratio
allowed.
0 dB to 31 dB
18
19
Min SNR
Margin
This option indicates the
Minimum Signal to Noise ratio
allowed.
0 dB to 31 dB
0 dB
Fast Channel
Max Tx Rate
This option is only available
when the Link Type is set to
Fast.
ADSL:
32 kbps to 1024 kbps
896 kbps
ADSL2+:
32 kbps to 2048 kbps
20
21
22
23
Fast Channel
Min
Tx Rate
This option is only available
when the Link Type is set to
Fast and the Rate Mode is set to
Rate Adaptive.
ADSL:
32 kbps to 1024 kbps
32 kbps
896 kbps
32 kbps
16 ms
ADSL2+:
32 kbps to 2048 kbps
Interleave
Channel Max
Tx Rate
This option is only available
when the Link Type is set to
Interleave.
ADSL:
32 kbps to 1024 kbps
ADSL2+:
32 kbps to 2048 kbps
Interleave
This option is only available
ADSL:
32 kbps to 1024 kbps
Channel Min Tx when the Link Type is set to
Rate
Interleave and the Rate Mode is
set to Rate Adaptive.
ADSL2+:
32 kbps to 2048 kbps
Interleave
Channel Max
Delay
This option is used to set the
maximum delay allowed for the
Interleaving of data. This option
is only available when the Link
Type is set to Interleave.
1 ms to 63 ms
61179641AL1-5C
5-143
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Alarm Profiles Menu
Alarm Profiles
Alarm options for the DSL lines are completed by setting up profiles using the Alarm Profiles
profile. This profile cannot be deleted or edited. Use the hot keys at the bottom of the menu to
view, create, edit, or delete profiles.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Page 1 of 96
Total Profiles: 2
Alarm Profiles
Profile Name and Assigned Ports
1. DEFVAL
Host: 1-48
State
Active
Client 1:
Client 2:
Client 3:
(Not Present) 1-48
(Not Present) 1-48
(Not Present) 1-48
2. Custom Name
Host: None
Client 1:
Inactive
(Not Present) None
(Not Present) None
(Not Present) None
Client 2:
Client 3:
'c' to Create a new profile
'v' to view profile
's' to select page
'e' to Edit a profile
'p' for previous page
'd' to Delete a profile
'n' for next page
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-98. Alarm Profiles Menu
From the Alarm Profile menu, press C to create a new profile. Enter the name of the new
profile, and press ENTER. This returns the Settings for Profile: Custom Name screen (see
NOTE
The Custom Name reference indicates the user assigned profile
name.
5-144
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Custom Name
Profile Settings for:
Inactive
: None
1. State:
2. Host
3. Client 1 : (Not Present) None
4. Client 2 : (Not Present) None
5. Client 3 : (Not Present) None
Downstream
Upstream
6. LOS Secs
7. ES Secs
Disabled
Disabled
8. LOS Secs
9. ES Secs
Disabled
Disabled
Selection :
NOTE: Changes will only be saved when profile changes states!
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-99. Profile Settings for: Custom Name Menu
Table 5-101. Profile Settings for: Custom Name Menu Options
Option
Description
State
Function
1
2
This option is used to assign a state to the profile.
Host
This option is used to assign a port to the profile for the
host unit.
3
4
5
6
Client 1
This option is used to assign a port to a profile for the
first client unit, if enabled.
Client 2
This option is used to assign a port to a profile for the
second client unit, if enabled.
Client 3
This option is used to assign a port to a profile for the
third client unit, if enabled.
LOS Secs (Downstream)
The Loss of Signal Seconds (LOS Secs) option is used to
configure downstream traffic. Valid values are 0 to 900
seconds. This option is disabled by setting the value to
zero.
7
ES Secs (Downstream)
The Errored Seconds (ES Secs) option is used to
configure downstream traffic. Valid values are 0 to 900
seconds. This option is disabled by setting the value to
zero.
61179641AL1-5C
5-145
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-101. Profile Settings for: Custom Name Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
8
LOS Secs (Upstream)
The Loss of Signal Seconds (LOS Secs) option is used to
configure upstream traffic. Valid values are 0 to 900
seconds. This option is disabled by setting the value to
zero.
9
ES Secs (Upstream)
The Errored Seconds (ES Secs) option is used to
configure upstream traffic. Valid values are 0 to 900
seconds. This option is disabled by setting the value to
zero.
5-146
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Port Provisioning Menu
Port Provisioning
NOTE
host or client unit must be chosen in order to access the Port
Provisioning menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Select Shelf
1. Host
2. Client 1 (configured)
3. Client 2 (configured)
4. Client 3 (configured)
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-100. Select Shelf Menu
61179641AL1-5C
5-147
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Shelf = Host
Port Provisioning
1. Select Port
1
In Service
2. ADSL Card Service State
3. Line Service State
4. Service Mode
Out of Service-Maintenance
Legacy Multimode (ADSL1)
5. Hamband Mask
6. Cabinet Mode
Disabled
Disabled
Disabled
1-48
7. Link Down Alarm
8. Ports to apply changes
9. Apply Provisioning to Ports
Selection :
'N' - Next Port 'P' - Previous Port
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-101. Port Provisioning Menu
Table 5-102. Port Provisioning Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Select Port
This option is used to designate which port provisioning
information is to be entered.
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
ADSL Card Service State
Line Service State
Service Mode
This option displays the “Service State for ADSL Card
This option displays the “Service State for Port: # Menu”
This option displays the “Service Mode for Port: # Menu”
Hamband Mask
This option displays the “Hamband Mask for Port: #
Cabinet Mode
Link Down Alarm
Ports to apply changes
Apply Provisioning to Ports
This option displays the “Link Down Alarm for Port: #
This option is used to designate the specific ports to
which all changes are to be made.
This option is used to apply port provisioning to the
specific ports defined in the Ports to apply changes
option.
5-148
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
NOTE
Use N for next port or P for previous port to select the port to be
provisioned.
Service State for ADSL Card Menu
Service State for ADSL Card
for ADSL Card menu, which refers to the ADSL card that is located on the main circuit board
of the Total Access 1248 system.
Table 5-103. Service State for ADSL Card Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
In Service
This setting indicates that ADSL services are available, if
installed, and Link Down and Threshold alarms are
reported, if enabled.
2
3
Out of Service-Unassigned
Out of Service-Maintenance
This setting indicates that no ADSL services are
available and Link Down and Threshold alarms are not
reported.
This setting indicates that ADSL services are available
and Link Down and Threshold alarms are not reported.
Service State for Port: # Menu
Service State for Port:
#
# menu. The # represents the value displayed for the Select Port option. The default value for
the Line Service State is Out of Service-Maintenance.
Table 5-104. Service State for Port: # Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
In Service
This setting indicates that an ADSL modem is allowed to
train up and alarms are reported, if enabled.
2
3
Out of Service-Unassigned
Out of Service-Maintenance
This setting indicates that an ADSL modem is not
allowed to train up and alarms are not reported.
This setting indicates that an ADSL modem is allowed to
train up and alarms are not reported.
61179641AL1-5C
5-149
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Service Mode for Port: # Menu
Service Mode for Port:
#
menu. The # represents the value displayed for the Select Port option. The service mode refers
to the data mode for the traffic between the DSLAM and the modem.
Table 5-105. Service Mode for Port: # Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Multimode
Multimode allows the DSLAM and the modem to pick a
mode for the line to use to train up.
2
3
4
T1.413
G.dmt
G.lite
This option sets T1.413 as the Service Mode.
This option sets G.dmt as the Service Mode.
This option sets G.lite as the Service Mode. If the mode
is set to G.lite, the Line Type should be set to Interleave
ports. Even if the Line Type remains set to Fast, the
modem can only train up as Interleave.
5
6
7
8
9
ADSL2
This option sets ADSL2 as the Service Mode.
This option sets ADSL2.lite as the Service Mode.
This option sets ADSL2+ as the Service Mode.
This option sets READSL as the Service Mode.
This option sets Legacy Multimode as the Service Mode.
ADSL2.lite
ADSL2+
READSL
Legacy Multimode (ADSL1)
If a mode is specified, it must be one supported by the customer’s modem.
Hamband Mask for Port: # Menu
Hamband Mask for Port:
#
Port: # menu. The # represents the value displayed for the Select Port option. Hamband Mask
is for masking out frequencies that are used by hamband (ham radios) so that those
frequencies and their respective tones do not interrupt the training process.
5-150
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-106. Hamband Mask for Port: # Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
2
Enabled
Disabled
This option enables hamband masking.
This option disables hamband masking.
Cabinet Mode for Port: # Menu
Cabinet Mode for Port:
#
option permits the ADSL2+ line to only use downstream tones beginning at Tone 110, 130,
and 250. The Cabinet Mode should only be enabled when using ADSL2+ capable modems.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Cabinet Mode For Port:1
1. Disabled
2. Enabled - (Tone 250)
3. Enabled - (Tone 110)
4. Enabled - (Tone 130)
Selection :
NOTE: Cabinet Mode is only available on
ports provisioned as ADSL2+ or Multimode.
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-102. Cabinet Mode for Port # Menu
Table 5-107. Cabinet Mode for Port: # Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
2
3
4
Disabled
This option disables Cabinet Mode.
This option enables the downstream at Tone 250.
This option enables the downstream at Tone 110.
This option enables the downstream at Tone 130.
Enabled - Tone 250
Enabled - Tone 110
Enabled - Tone 130
61179641AL1-5C
5-151
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Link Down Alarm for Port: # Menu
Link Down Alarm for Port:
#
Port: # menu. The # represents the value displayed for the Select Port option. The Link Down
Alarm option is used to enable and disable link down alarms. The default value is Disabled. If
changed to Enabled, the system reports an alarm when the line to the customer is not trained
up.
Table 5-108. Link Down Alarm for Port: # Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Enabled
This option enables the system to report an alarm when
the line to the customer is not trained up.
2
Disabled
This option disables the Link Down Alarm option.
5-152
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
ADSL Restore Menu
ADSL Restore Menu
or select the DSP Management menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
ADSL Restore Menu
1. ADSL Provisioning Restore
2. DSP Management Menu
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-103. ADSL Restore Menu
Table 5-109. ADSL Restore Menu Options
Option
Description
Displays
1
ADSL Provisioning Restore
This option displays the “Reset all ADSL provisioning
Menu”. Selection of the Reset option from this menu will
reset all ADSL provisioning and ADSL profiles back to
their default settings.
2
DSP Management Menu
61179641AL1-5C
5-153
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
DSP Management Menu
DSP Management Menu
NOTE
host or client unit must be chosen in order to access the DSP
Management menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Select Shelf
1. Host
2. Client 1 (not present)
3. Client 2 (not present)
4. Client 3 (not present)
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-104. Select Shelf Menu
DSPs, and enable/disable the Auto Warm Start feature. Auto Warm Start resets the hardware
modules within the DSPs.
5-154
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
DSP Management Menu
1. Reset All DSPs and reload firmware
2. Reset DSPs without reloading firmware
3. Auto Warm Start ENABLED
4. Retrain Criteria
5. Exit
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-105. DSP Management Menu
Table 5-110. DSP Management Menu Options
Option
Description
Displays
1
Reset All DSPs and reload
firmware
This option displays the “Reset all DSPs and reload
firmware Menu”. Selection of the Reset option from this
menu will reset all DSPs, reload them with firmware and
force retrains on all ports.
2
3
4
5
Reset DSPs without reloading
firmware
Auto Warm Start
Retrain Criteria
Exit
This option toggles between Auto Warm Start ENABLED
and Auto Warm Start DISABLED.
This option displays the “ADSL Retrain Criteria Menu”
This option exits the “ADSL Restore Menu” and returns
61179641AL1-5C
5-155
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Reset DSP Menu
Reset DSP
eight ports as listed in the menu commentary when a DSP is selected.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
Reset DSP
WARNING! THIS IS SERVICE AFFECTING!
This option will reset DSP 1 which operates
ports 7,8,21,22,23,24,39,40.
1. DSP:
1
2. Reset this DSP
3. Exit
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-106. Reset DSP Menu
Table 5-111. Reset DSP Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
DSP:
Selection of this option provides a text entry field for
selection of the DSP to be reset.
2
3
Reset this DSP
Exit
This option resets the specified DSP and returns to the
5-156
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
ADSL Retrain Criteria Menu
ADSL Retrain Criteria
force a retrain. A comprehensive count of retrains incurred and the error conditions that
caused them is also provided.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
ADSL Retrain Criteria - Port: 1
1. Retrain Margin NE
2. Retrain Margin FE
3. Retrain UAS-LNE
4. Retrain UAS-LFE
5. Retrain SES-FE
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
Selection :
Retrained due to: SES NE:
UAS NE:
Margin NE:
0
0
0
SES FE:
UAS FE:
Margin FE:
0
0
0
'S' - Select Port 'N' - Next Port 'P' - Previous Port 'C' - Clear
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-107. ADSL Retrain Criteria Menu
Table 5-112. ADSL Retrain Criteria Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Retrain Margin NE
Selection of this option will force a retrain when the
Margin Near End is exceeded. Option selection toggles
between On and Off.
2
Retrain Margin FE
Selection of this option will force a retrain when the
Margin Far End is exceeded. Option selection toggles
between On and Off.
61179641AL1-5C
5-157
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-112. ADSL Retrain Criteria Menu Options (Continued)
Option
Description
Function
3
Retrain UAS-LNE
Selection of this option will force a retrain when the
Unavailable Seconds on the Line Near End are exceeded.
Option selection toggles between On and Off.
4
5
Retrain UAS-LFE
Retrain SES-FE
Selection of this option will force a retrain when the
Unavailable Seconds on the Line Far End are exceeded.
Option selection toggles between On and Off.
Selection of this option will force a retrain when the
Severely Errored Seconds on the Far End are exceeded.
Option selection toggles between On and Off.
Table 5-113. ADSL Retrain Criteria Menu Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
C
N
P
S
Clear
This hot key resets all retrain counts to zero.
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
Next Port
Previous Port
Select Port
5-158
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Status Menu
Status
NOTE
host or client unit must be chosen in order to access the Status
menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Select Shelf
1. Host
2. Client 1 (configured)
3. Client 2 (configured)
4. Client 3 (configured)
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-108. Select Shelf Menu
61179641AL1-5C
5-159
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Shelf = Host
Status
1. ADSL Status
2. All ADSL Ports Status
3. ATU-R Information
4. BAT/SNR Tables
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-109. Status Menu
Table 5-114. Status Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
ADSL Status
2
3
4
All ADSL Ports Status
ATU-R Information
BAT/SNR Tables
This option displays the “Bit Allocation Table - Link Up
5-160
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
ADSL Status Screen
ADSL Status
An example of the report returned from selecting the ADSL Status option is shown in
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Shelf = Host
Line 17 ADSL Status
Link Status
Rate Mode
Line Type
Up
Rate Adaptive
Fast
T1.413
Downstream
Upstream
Line Rate
Margin
Power
8128 kbps
9.5 dB
896 kbps
7.5 dB
6.1 dBm
0.0 dB
11.9 dBm
1.7 dB
Attenuation
Max Rate
10136 kbps
0.0 ms
80 %
1044 kbps
0.0 ms
85 %
Actual Delay
Relative Cap
S - Select Port
N - Next Port
Current Port: 17
'?' - System Help Screen
P - Previous Port
Figure 5-110. ADSL Status Screen
61179641AL1-5C
5-161
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
ADSL Ports Status Screen
ADSL Ports Status
An example of the report returned from selecting the ALL ADSL Ports Status option is shown
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Shelf = Host
ADSL Ports Status
Link
State Mode
Rate: D/U Margin: D/U
(kbps) (dB)
Link
State
Rate: D/U Margin: D/U
(dB)
Mode (kbps)
1. Down
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
22.
23.
24.
Up
ADSL2+ 11996/ 883 23/ 6
2. Down
3. Down
4. Down
5. Down
6. Down
7. Down
8. Down
9. Down
10. Down
11. Down
12. Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
'n' for next page
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-111. All ADSL Ports Status Screen
5-162
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
ATU-R Information
ATU-R Information
the circuit. If the line is trained up in T1.413 mode, the screen shows a Vendor ID for the
customer’s modem, and the The Provider Code is blank. If the line is trained up in G.dmt
mode, the Vendor ID is blank and the Provider Code for the customer’s modem is shown. Note
that this line is trained up in T1.413 mode. The next or previous port can be selected by using
the N or P hot keys.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Shelf = Host
Line 17 ATU-R Information
Link Status
Vendor ID
Up
34
N/A
1
T1.413
Provider Code
Version Number
ADSL Capabilities
N/A
S - Select Port
N - Next Port
Current Port: 17
'?' - System Help Screen
P - Previous Port
Figure 5-112. ATU-R Information Screen
61179641AL1-5C
5-163
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Bit Allocation Table - Link Up Screen
Bit Allocation Table Link Up Screen
-
each of the tones in the ADSL signal. This information can be helpful in diagnosing line noise
troubles. To see the readings for more tones, press F for Forward, B for Back, N for Next ADSL
Port, and P for Previous ADSL Port.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Shelf = Host
Line 17 Bit Allocation Table - Link Up
15--
-
13--
-
**
**********
******
*********** ******
11--
-
i 9--
************ ***
*******************
*******************
B
*************** ******
****************** ******
********************* ******
t
-
s 7--
**********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
*********************** ******
************************* ******
************************** ******
************************** ******
************************** ******
************************** ******
************************** ******
-
5--
-
3--
-
1--
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
<- B - Backward F - Forward ->
0
Tones
Current Port: 17 N - Next P - Previous S - Select V - View T - SNR Screen
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-113. Bit Allocation Table - Link Up Screen
5-164
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Line 17 Bit Allocation Table - Link Up
Shelf = Host
F - Forward ->
<- B - Backward
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19
------------------------------------------------------------
0| 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 7 8 10 10 11 11 12 12 12 12 13 13 12
20| 12 12 12 10 11 11 11 10 8 8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 5 6
40| 6 7 7 8 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 10 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
60| 11 11 11 11 0 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12
80| 12 11 12 11 12 11 11 12 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 2 11 11 11 11
100| 12 12 11 12 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
120| 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
140| 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
160| 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
180| 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11
200| 11 11 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 11 11 11
220| 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 9 9 8 7 7
240| 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
260| 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
Bits per Tone
T
o
n
e
s
Current Port: 17 N - Next P - Previous S - Select V - View T - SNR Screen
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-114. Alternate View of the Bit Allocation Table Screen
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Shelf = Host
Line 17 Upstream SNR Margin Table
Link is Up
56--
M
a 48--
-
***
*********** *
************* ***
r -
g 40--
********************
**********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
***********************
i
-
n 32--
-
i 24--
n
-
16--
-
d
B 8--
-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Tones
0
Current Port: 17 N - Next P - Previous S - Select V - View T - BAT Screen
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-115. Upstream SNR Margin Table Screen
61179641AL1-5C
5-165
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Performance Menu
Performance Menu
NOTE
host or client unit must be chosen in order to access the
Performance menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Select Shelf
1. Host
2. Client 1 (configured)
3. Client 2 (configured)
4. Client 3 (configured)
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-116. Select Shelf Menu
The Total Access 1248 provides displays to help analyze performance of the system. This
Performance menu options.
5-166
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Shelf = Host
Performance
1. Display PM for Current Port
2. Clear All PM for All Ports
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-117. Performance Menu
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Shelf = Host
ADSL Performance Monitoring Status - ADSL Port 1
Downstream
ES
0
LOL
12546
16284
LOS
0
CBC
0
UBC
0
24 Hr - Current
MM/DD
0
0
0
0
15 Min - Current
16:30
16:15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
850
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
900
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16:00
15:45
15:30
15:15
15:00
14:45
B - Backward(2hrs/15min PM) F - Forward(2hrs/15min PM) T - Up/Down(Stream) P
S - Select Port P - Previous Port N - Next Port C - Clear PM Stats
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-118. Current 15 Minute Performance Screen
61179641AL1-5C
5-167
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-115. Performance Monitoring Status Screen Fields
Field
ES
Description
This field displays the Errored Seconds.
This field displays the Loss of Link Seconds.
This field displays the Loss of Signal.
LOL
LOS
CBC
This field displays the Corrected Block Count. This is specific to
interleaved mode, and indicates that an error was found and
corrected.
UBC
This field displays the Uncorrected Block Count. This is specific
to interleaved mode, and indicates that an error was found and
could not be corrected.
Table 5-116. Performance Monitoring Status Screen Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
B
C
F
Backward (2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the last 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
Clear PM Status
This hot key is used to clear the performance monitoring
statistics.
Forward (2hrs/15min PM)
This hot key is used to display performance monitoring
statistics for the next 2 hours, in 15 minute intervals.
N
P
S
T
Previous Port
Next Port
This hot key is used to display the previous port.
This hot key is used to display the next port.
This hot key is used to select a specific port.
Select Port
Up/Down (Stream) PM
This hot key is used to view upstream/downstream
Performance Monitoring data.
5-168
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
ADSL DELT Menus
ADSL DELT Menus
NOTE
host or client unit must be chosen in order to access the
Performance menu.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Select Shelf
1. Host
2. Client 1 (configured)
3. Client 2 (configured)
4. Client 3 (configured)
Selection :
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-119. Select Shelf Menu
(DELT). In a DELT diagnostic test, the near-end and far-end modems attain and exchange
information about the quality of the line and connection between the units.
In addition to test configuration information, this menu also provides current test status and
status information on the last test that was run.
NOTE
DELT functionality requires a service mode that supports DELT on
both units.
61179641AL1-5C
5-169
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
/Idle
DELT Functionality requires a service mode that supports DELT on both units
Current ADSL ServiceMode/Port Status =ADSL1
Shelf = Host
ADSL DELT menus
1. Port
2. Activate DELT
3. Terminate Test
1
4. Test Data Filename: HostTest.dcf
5. DELT TFTP Address 192.168.1.105
Selection :
DELT State = Inactive
DELT Status = Idle
DELT Completions =
TFTP Failure
DELT Attempts
DELT Failures
=
=
=
0
0
0
0
0
0.00/ 0.00
DELT Timeouts
=
Max/Last DELT time =
C - Clear the DELT Status
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-120. ADSL DELT Menu
Table 5-117. ADSL DELT Menu Options
Option
Description
Function
1
Port
This option displays a text entry field to enter the port
number on which the DELT test is to be run.
2
3
4
Activate DELT
This option activates a DELT test.
Terminate Test
Test Data Filename
This option terminates a DELT test.
This option displays a text entry field to enter a filename
where the test results will be placed on test completion.
5
DELT TFTP Address
This option displays a text entry field to enter the TFTP
Address where the test results will be placed on test
completion.
5-170
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
System Alarm Log Screen
System Alarm Log
Main Menu\System Alarm Log\
The Total Access 1248 system provides a system alarm log for monitoring alarms. To view the
press ENTER.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Page: 1 of 1
System Alarm Log
Alarms: 1 to 13 of 13
Date
Time
Level
Description
Status
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
Active
MM/DD/YY 16:25:43 Minor
MM/DD/YY 16:25:43 Minor
MM/DD/YY 16:25:43 Minor
MM/DD/YY 16:25:43 Minor
MM/DD/YY 16:25:40 Info
MM/DD/YY 16:25:37 Info
MM/DD/YY 16:25:35 Info
MM/DD/YY 16:25:32 Info
MM/DD/YY 16:25:29 Info
MM/DD/YY 16:25:26 Info
MM/DD/YY 16:25:17 Info
MM/DD/YY 16:25:17 Info
T1-4: Red Alarm - LOS
T1-3: Red Alarm - LOS
T1-2: Red Alarm - LOS
T1-1: Red Alarm - LOS
Download to DSP 6 completed
Download to DSP 5 completed
Download to DSP 4 completed
Download to DSP 3 completed
Download to DSP 2 completed
Download to DSP 1 completed
System Boot
Alarm Log Reset
---------------------------->>> END OF ALARM LOG <<<----------------------------
Inverse = Active
* = Unacknowledged
(N)ext (P)rev (F)irst (L)ast (C)lear (A)cknowldege (R)eset Log (T)ime Ascending
Chronology = Descending
Figure 5-121. System Alarm Log Screen
Table 5-118. System Alarm Log Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
A
C
F
L
Acknowledge
Clear
This hot key is used to acknowledge all alarms.
This hot key is used to clear all acknowledged alarms.
This hot key is used to display the first page of alarms.
This hot key is used to display the last page of alarms.
This hot key is used to display the next page of alarms.
First
Last
N
P
Next
Previous
This hot key is used to display the previous page of
alarms.
R
T
Reset Log
This hot key is used to reset all alarms.
Time Ascending
This hot key is used to display alarms in time ascending
or descending order.
61179641AL1-5C
5-171
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
System Event Log Screen
System Event Log
Main Menu\System Event Log\
events.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
System Event Log
Events:
Event Description
1 to 14 of 250
Page: 1 of 18
User Name
#
Date Time
1 MM/DD/YY 9:51:38 Login
Conn
Craft SUPER USER
System
TFTP
2 MM/DD/YY 9:48:33 System Started
3 MM/DD/YY 9:48:15 System Reset
4 MM/DD/YY 9:48:09 AUC Config Complete
5 MM/DD/YY 9:48:04 AUC-Host S/W Complete
System public
System public
System public
System public
6 MM/DD/YY 9:47:00 Auto Upgrade (AUC-Host) S/W Update
7 MM/DD/YY 9:46:55 AUC Client1 S/W Complete
8 MM/DD/YY 9:45:45 Auto Upgrade (AUC-Client1) S/W Update System public
9 MM/DD/YY 9:45:40 Auto Upgrade Config (AUC) Update
10 MM/DD/YY 9:41:25 Login
11 MM/DD/YY 9:36:30 Auto Logout
System public
Craft SUPER USER
Craft SUPER USER
Craft SUPER USER
System public
12 MM/DD/YY 9:26:27 Login
13 MM/DD/YY 9:16:03 AUC Failure (Corrupted File)
14 MM/DD/YY 9:16:01 Auto Upgrade Config (AUC) Update
---------------------------------->>> MORE <<<-----------------------------------
System public
Event Filter = All Chronology = Descending
(N)ext (P)revious (F)irst (L)ast (V)iew (T)ime Ascending
Event Filters- (A)ll (D)ateTime Lo(G)in Acc(O)unt Securit(Y) (S)/W Updates
Figure 5-122. System Event Log Screen
5-172
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
Table 5-119. System Event Log Hot Keys
Hot Key Description
Function
A
D
F
All
This hot key is used to display all events.
Date/Time
First
This hot key is used to display date/time events.
This hot key is used to display the first page of events.
This hot key is used to display login events.
G
L
Login
Last
This hot key is used to display the last page of events.
This hot key is used to display the next page of events.l
This hot key is used to display account events.
N
O
P
Next
Account
Previous
This hot key is used to display the previous page of
events.
S
T
S/W Updates
This hot key is used to display software update events.
Time Ascending
This hot key is used to display events in time ascending/
descending order.
V
Y
View
This hot key is used to toggle between displaying the
connection method and associated username for each
event, or displaying the IP address for each event.
Security
This hot key is used to display security events.
61179641AL1-5C
5-173
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Contact Information Screen
Contact Information
Main Menu\Contact Information\
repair, and online support contact information.
TID: TA1248
Unacknowledged Alarms: None
Total Access 1248
MM/DD/YY HH:MM
Contact Information
Adtran Technical Support: (800)726-8663
Adtran Repair / CAPS:
Online Support:
(256)963-8722
www.adtran.com
'?' - System Help Screen
Figure 5-123. Contact Information Screen
5-174
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Menu Descriptions
TL1 Mode Screen
TL1 Mode
Main Menu\TL1 Mode\
Figure 5-124 displays the TL1 session screen. TL1 commands can be executed once the
session has been activated with a proper login. All commands end with a semicolon. Type
'menus;'to return to the menu session.
/*Type 'MENUS;' to enter MENU Session*/
OK 0
<
Figure 5-124. TL1 Mode Screen
Table 5-120 lists the TL1 commands supported by the Total Access 1248 system. For further
details of the TL1 commands, refer to the Total Access 11xx and 12xx ADSL2+ DSLAM TL1
Command Reference Guide (P/N 61179611L1-35).
61179641AL1-5C
5-175
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 5-120. TL1 Commands
TL1 Commands
ACT-PROFILE-ADSL
ACT-USER
ENT-T1
RTRV-CRS-VC
RTRV-EQPT
ENT-VCL
ALW-MSG-ADSL
ALW-MSG-T1
GET-SYS-INFO
INH-MSG-ADSL
INH-MSG-T1
RTRV-HDR
RTRV-INV-EQPT
RTRV-IPPORT
ALW-MSG-EQPT
ALW-MSG-ENV
ALW-MSG-ALL
CANC-USER
INH-MSG-EQPT
INH-MSG-ENV
INH-MSG-ALL
RTRV-NE-ALL
RTRV-PM-T1
RTRV-PROFILE-ADSL
RTRV-PROFILE-ADSLDN
RTRV-PROFILE-ADSLUP
RTRV-PROFILE-ATMACC
RTRV-PROFILE-CAC
RTRV-PROFILE-TRAFDSC
RTRV-PROV-TFTP
RTRV-SECU-CMD
RTRV-T1
DLT-ADSL
INIT-SYS
DLT-CRS-VC
LOGOFF
DLT-PROFILE-ADSL
DLT-PROFILE-TRAFDSC
DLT-VCL
REPT-OPSTAT-ADSLDN
REPT-OPSTAT-ADSLCOM
REPT-OPSTAT-ADSLUP
RSTR-PROV-IM
RTRV-ADSL
DNLD-SFWR-IM
ED-ADSL
ED-PROFILE-ADSLDN
ED-PROFILE-ADSLUP
ED-PROV-TFTP
ED-SECU-USER
ED-T1
RTRV-ALM-ADSL
RTRV-ALM-T1
RTRV-VCL
RTRV-ALM-EQPT
RTRV-ALM-ENV
RTRV-ALM-ALL
RTRV-ATTR-ADSL
RTRV-COND-ADSL
RTRV-COND-T1
RTRV-COND-EQPT
SET-ATTR-ADSL
SET-DAT
SET-NE-ALL
ENT-ADSL
SET-SID
ENT-CRS-VC
STA-CMDSSN
ENT-IPPORT
STP-CMDSSN
ENT-PROFILE-ADSL
STR-PROV-IM
ENT-PROFILE-TRAFDSC
RTRV-COND-ALL
5-176
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Section 6
Maintenance
INTRODUCTION
The Total Access 1248 does not require routine maintenance for normal operation.
ADTRAN does not recommend that repairs be attempted in the field. Repair services can be
obtained by returning the defective unit to ADTRAN. For more troubleshooting information,
refer to the Total Access 1100/1200 Series Troubleshooting Guide (P/N 61179741L1-44). For
Fan Modules
Four fans are installed in the Total Access 1248 in a removable module to maintain the
hardware within proper operating temperature tolerances. With the exception of the filter, the
fan module is not field serviceable. The fan module (P/N 1179675L1) is field replaceable and is
F
AN MODU
11796
75L1
L
E
Figure 6-1. Fan Module with Filter
61179641AL1-5C
6-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
To remove a fan module, perform the following steps:
1. Loosen the screw that holds the fan module in place.
2. Remove the fan module by pulling it straight out of the chassis.
To install a new fan module, perform the following steps:
1. Insert the new fan module by pushing it straight into the chassis.
2. Tighten the screw that holds the fan module in place.
Fan Filters
The Total Access 1248 Expansion DSLAM fan module comes with a single fan filter. The filter
is designed to remove particles from the air before it is pushed through the system.
Replacement filters are available from ADTRAN. This filter should be inspected at least every
90 days and replaced as necessary.
To replace a filter, remove the fan module, remove the old filter material and tuck the new
filter in, ensuring that the edges of the filter are behind the metal tabs provided to hold the
SNMP/TFTP AND TL1 CONFIGURATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL
Use the following SNMP/TFTP and TL1 commands to store or retrieve the Total Access 1248
System Configuration Archive (SCA) file.
NOTE
In some installations, the configuration file can be stored and
retrieved in one operation for multiple Total Access 1248 systems.
This is accomplished by incorporating the SNMP/TFTP or TL1 com-
mands into scripts.
SNMP / TFTP
These objects are located in the ADTRAN-TA1200Shelf-MIB.mib, under adTA1200ShelfProv.
Save
Set TFTP Server IP address with adTA1200SCATftpServerHostName
Set filename using adTA1200SCAFileName
Initiate transfer using adTA1200SCAInitiateSave(option initiate (1))
Restore
Set TFTP Server IP address with adTA1200SCATftpServerHostName
Set filename using adTA1200SCAFileName
Initiate transfer using adTA1200SCAInitiateRestore(option initiate (1))
6-2
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
SNMP/TFTP and TL1 Configuration Storage and Retrieval
TL1
When accessing the Total Access 1248 via TL1, the Save and Restore commands are used to
save or retrieve the SCA file.
Save
Use:
ED-PROV-TFTP:::::FILENAME=<filename>,TFTPIPADDR=<ip_addr>,SET;
Restore
Use:
ED-PROV-TFTP:::::FILENAME=<filename>,TFTPIPADDR=<ip_addr>,GET;
NOTE
TL1 commands are also executable from the Total Access 1248
61179641AL1-5C
6-3
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
This page is intentionally blank.
6-4
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Section 7
Specifications
INTRODUCTION
Table 7-1. Total Access 1248 Specifications
Specifications
Descriptions
ADSL Loop Interface
Modulation Type: Discrete Multi-Tone (DMT)
Mode: Full Duplex, Non-overlapped
Standards: T1.413; G.992.1 Annex A; G.992.2 Annex A,
G.992.3, G.992.4, G.992.5
Number of Pairs (ADSL + POTS): 48 (one per loop)
Downstream Data Rate: ADSL: 32 to 8160 kbps in 32 kbps increments
ADSL2+: 32 to 32736 kbps in 32 kbps
increments
Upstream Data Rate: ADSL: 32 to 1024 kbps in 32 kbps increments
ADSL2+: 32 to 2048 kbps in 32 kbps
increments
ADSL Service Range: 18 kft.
Power
Total Power: 75 watts
Operating Voltage Range: –42 VDC to –54 VDC
Nominal Operating Voltage: –48 VDC
Current Draw: 1.162 amps @ 54.72 VDC (see Note: below)
Tests
Diagnostics: Self Test
Dual Ended Loop Test (DELT)
Physical
Dimensions: Height: 1.75 inches
Width: 17.25 inches
Depth: 11.125 inches
Weight: 10 pounds (aprox.)
61179641AL1-5C
7-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Total Access 1248 Quad T1 IMA 48-Port DSLAM with Modem Installation and Maintenance Practice
Table 7-1. Total Access 1248 Specifications (Continued)
Specifications
Descriptions
Environment
Temperature: Operating (Standard): –40°C to +70°C
Storage: –40°C to +85°C
Humidity: 95% non-condensing
Part Numbers
Total Access 1248 48-Port Quad T1 IMA DSLAM
with Internal Modem: 1179641AL1
Replacement Fan: 1179675L1
Replacement Filter: 1179676L1
Replacement Filter Pack (Quantity 20): 1179676L2
Expansion Unit: 1179641L5
Note: Current draw calculated with 8 kft copper line and maximum data rate of 8160 kbps in G.DMT mode with
four cooling fans active (0.021 amps/fan). Current draw will vary with operational circumstances, being
subject to changes in distance, data rate, data mode, and cooling requirements.
7-2
61179641AL1-5C
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
Appendix A
Warranty
WARRANTY AND CUSTOMER SERVICE
ADTRAN will replace or repair this product within the warranty period if it does not meet its
published specifications or fails while in service. Warranty information can be found at
Refer to the following subsections for sales, support, Customer and Product Service (CAPS)
requests, or further information.
ADTRAN Sales
Pricing/Availability:
800-827-0807
ADTRAN Technical Support
Pre-Sales Applications/Post-Sales Technical Assistance:
800-726-8663
Standard hours: Monday - Friday, 7 a.m. - 7 p.m. CST
Emergency hours: 7 days/week, 24 hours/day
ADTRAN Repair/CAPS
Return for Repair/Upgrade:
(256) 963-8722
Repair and Return Address
Contact CAPS prior to returning equipment to ADTRAN.
ADTRAN, Inc.
CAPS Department
901 Explorer Boulevard
Huntsville, Alabama 35806-2807
61179641AL1-5C
A-1
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
®
Carrier Networks Division
901 Explorer Blvd.
Huntsville, AL 35806
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.
|